1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen 12 * 13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized 14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts 15 * that changed. 16 * 17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently 18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands). 19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes. 20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[] 21 * for each line. 22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line. 23 * 24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form 25 * one character which occupies two display cells. 26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in 27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII 28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0 and 29 * ScreenLinesC[][] is not used. When the character occupies two display 30 * cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0. 31 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters 32 * (drawn on top of the first character). There is 0 after the last one used. 33 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the 34 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character). 35 * 36 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating 37 * ScreenLines[]. 38 * 39 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines. 40 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be 41 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed. 42 * 43 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with: 44 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window) 45 * - w_topfill (filler lines above the first line) 46 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window), 47 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line) 48 * 49 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take 50 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is 51 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed. 52 * 53 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call 54 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and 55 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen() 56 * later. 57 * 58 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or 59 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating 60 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each 61 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change 62 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for 63 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting. 64 * 65 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or 66 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold 67 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window 68 * redisplayed by update_screen() later. 69 * 70 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop') 71 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the 72 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later. 73 * 74 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call 75 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling 76 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not 77 * change, use NOT_VALID then. 78 * 79 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID). 80 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible. 81 * 82 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call 83 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR). 84 * 85 * Things that are handled indirectly: 86 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and 87 * update_screen() called to redraw. 88 */ 89 90 #include "vim.h" 91 92 #define MB_FILLER_CHAR '<' /* character used when a double-width character 93 * doesn't fit. */ 94 95 /* 96 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen. 97 */ 98 static int screen_attr = 0; 99 100 /* 101 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position. 102 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char(). 103 */ 104 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */ 105 106 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 107 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */ 108 #endif 109 110 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 111 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */ 112 static int compute_foldcolumn(win_T *wp, int col); 113 #endif 114 115 /* Flag that is set when drawing for a callback, not from the main command 116 * loop. */ 117 static int redrawing_for_callback = 0; 118 119 /* 120 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes). 121 */ 122 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine; 123 124 static void win_update(win_T *wp); 125 static void win_redr_status(win_T *wp, int ignore_pum); 126 static void win_draw_end(win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl); 127 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 128 static void fold_line(win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row); 129 static void fill_foldcolumn(char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum); 130 static void copy_text_attr(int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr); 131 #endif 132 static int win_line(win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange, int number_only); 133 static void draw_vsep_win(win_T *wp, int row); 134 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 135 static void redraw_custom_statusline(win_T *wp); 136 #endif 137 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 138 # define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0 139 static void start_search_hl(void); 140 static void end_search_hl(void); 141 static void init_search_hl(win_T *wp); 142 static void prepare_search_hl(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum); 143 static void next_search_hl(win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol, matchitem_T *cur); 144 static int next_search_hl_pos(match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, posmatch_T *pos, colnr_T mincol); 145 #endif 146 static void screen_char(unsigned off, int row, int col); 147 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 148 static void screen_char_2(unsigned off, int row, int col); 149 #endif 150 static void screenclear2(void); 151 static void lineclear(unsigned off, int width, int attr); 152 static void lineinvalid(unsigned off, int width); 153 static int win_do_lines(win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del, int clear_attr); 154 static void win_rest_invalid(win_T *wp); 155 static void msg_pos_mode(void); 156 static void recording_mode(int attr); 157 static void draw_tabline(void); 158 static int fillchar_status(int *attr, win_T *wp); 159 static int fillchar_vsep(int *attr); 160 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 161 static void redraw_win_toolbar(win_T *wp); 162 #endif 163 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 164 static void win_redr_custom(win_T *wp, int draw_ruler); 165 #endif 166 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 167 static void win_redr_ruler(win_T *wp, int always, int ignore_pum); 168 #endif 169 170 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */ 171 static int screen_char_attr = 0; 172 173 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_RELTIME) 174 /* Can limit syntax highlight time to 'redrawtime'. */ 175 # define SYN_TIME_LIMIT 1 176 #endif 177 178 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 179 # define HAS_RIGHTLEFT(x) x 180 #else 181 # define HAS_RIGHTLEFT(x) FALSE 182 #endif 183 184 /* 185 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type). 186 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value. 187 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing. 188 */ 189 void 190 redraw_later(int type) 191 { 192 redraw_win_later(curwin, type); 193 } 194 195 void 196 redraw_win_later( 197 win_T *wp, 198 int type) 199 { 200 if (!exiting && wp->w_redr_type < type) 201 { 202 wp->w_redr_type = type; 203 if (type >= NOT_VALID) 204 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 205 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */ 206 must_redraw = type; 207 } 208 } 209 210 /* 211 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used 212 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen. 213 */ 214 void 215 redraw_later_clear(void) 216 { 217 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); 218 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 219 if (gui.in_use) 220 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in 221 * gui_stop_highlight(). */ 222 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1; 223 else 224 #endif 225 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */ 226 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE | HL_STRIKETHROUGH; 227 } 228 229 /* 230 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later. 231 */ 232 void 233 redraw_all_later(int type) 234 { 235 win_T *wp; 236 237 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 238 { 239 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 240 } 241 } 242 243 /* 244 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later. 245 */ 246 void 247 redraw_curbuf_later(int type) 248 { 249 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type); 250 } 251 252 void 253 redraw_buf_later(buf_T *buf, int type) 254 { 255 win_T *wp; 256 257 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 258 { 259 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) 260 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 261 } 262 } 263 264 void 265 redraw_buf_and_status_later(buf_T *buf, int type) 266 { 267 win_T *wp; 268 269 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 270 if (wild_menu_showing != 0) 271 /* Don't redraw while the command line completion is displayed, it 272 * would disappear. */ 273 return; 274 #endif 275 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 276 { 277 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) 278 { 279 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 280 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 281 } 282 } 283 } 284 285 /* 286 * Redraw as soon as possible. When the command line is not scrolled redraw 287 * right away and restore what was on the command line. 288 * Return a code indicating what happened. 289 */ 290 int 291 redraw_asap(int type) 292 { 293 int rows; 294 int cols = screen_Columns; 295 int r; 296 int ret = 0; 297 schar_T *screenline; /* copy from ScreenLines[] */ 298 sattr_T *screenattr; /* copy from ScreenAttrs[] */ 299 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 300 int i; 301 u8char_T *screenlineUC = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLinesUC[] */ 302 u8char_T *screenlineC[MAX_MCO]; /* copy from ScreenLinesC[][] */ 303 schar_T *screenline2 = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLines2[] */ 304 #endif 305 306 redraw_later(type); 307 if (msg_scrolled || (State != NORMAL && State != NORMAL_BUSY) || exiting) 308 return ret; 309 310 /* Allocate space to save the text displayed in the command line area. */ 311 rows = screen_Rows - cmdline_row; 312 screenline = (schar_T *)lalloc( 313 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 314 screenattr = (sattr_T *)lalloc( 315 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); 316 if (screenline == NULL || screenattr == NULL) 317 ret = 2; 318 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 319 if (enc_utf8) 320 { 321 screenlineUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc( 322 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 323 if (screenlineUC == NULL) 324 ret = 2; 325 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 326 { 327 screenlineC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc( 328 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 329 if (screenlineC[i] == NULL) 330 ret = 2; 331 } 332 } 333 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 334 { 335 screenline2 = (schar_T *)lalloc( 336 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 337 if (screenline2 == NULL) 338 ret = 2; 339 } 340 #endif 341 342 if (ret != 2) 343 { 344 /* Save the text displayed in the command line area. */ 345 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) 346 { 347 mch_memmove(screenline + r * cols, 348 ScreenLines + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 349 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 350 mch_memmove(screenattr + r * cols, 351 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 352 (size_t)cols * sizeof(sattr_T)); 353 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 354 if (enc_utf8) 355 { 356 mch_memmove(screenlineUC + r * cols, 357 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 358 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 359 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 360 mch_memmove(screenlineC[i] + r * cols, 361 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 362 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 363 } 364 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 365 mch_memmove(screenline2 + r * cols, 366 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 367 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 368 #endif 369 } 370 371 update_screen(0); 372 ret = 3; 373 374 if (must_redraw == 0) 375 { 376 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 377 378 /* Restore the text displayed in the command line area. */ 379 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) 380 { 381 mch_memmove(current_ScreenLine, 382 screenline + r * cols, 383 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 384 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off, 385 screenattr + r * cols, 386 (size_t)cols * sizeof(sattr_T)); 387 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 388 if (enc_utf8) 389 { 390 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off, 391 screenlineUC + r * cols, 392 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 393 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 394 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off, 395 screenlineC[i] + r * cols, 396 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 397 } 398 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 399 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off, 400 screenline2 + r * cols, 401 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 402 #endif 403 screen_line(cmdline_row + r, 0, cols, cols, FALSE); 404 } 405 ret = 4; 406 } 407 } 408 409 vim_free(screenline); 410 vim_free(screenattr); 411 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 412 if (enc_utf8) 413 { 414 vim_free(screenlineUC); 415 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 416 vim_free(screenlineC[i]); 417 } 418 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 419 vim_free(screenline2); 420 #endif 421 422 /* Show the intro message when appropriate. */ 423 maybe_intro_message(); 424 425 setcursor(); 426 427 return ret; 428 } 429 430 /* 431 * Invoked after an asynchronous callback is called. 432 * If an echo command was used the cursor needs to be put back where 433 * it belongs. If highlighting was changed a redraw is needed. 434 * If "call_update_screen" is FALSE don't call update_screen() when at the 435 * command line. 436 */ 437 void 438 redraw_after_callback(int call_update_screen) 439 { 440 ++redrawing_for_callback; 441 442 if (State == HITRETURN || State == ASKMORE) 443 ; // do nothing 444 else if (State & CMDLINE) 445 { 446 // Don't redraw when in prompt_for_number(). 447 if (cmdline_row > 0) 448 { 449 // Redrawing only works when the screen didn't scroll. Don't clear 450 // wildmenu entries. 451 if (msg_scrolled == 0 452 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 453 && wild_menu_showing == 0 454 #endif 455 && call_update_screen) 456 update_screen(0); 457 458 // Redraw in the same position, so that the user can continue 459 // editing the command. 460 redrawcmdline_ex(FALSE); 461 } 462 } 463 else if (State & (NORMAL | INSERT | TERMINAL)) 464 { 465 // keep the command line if possible 466 update_screen(VALID_NO_UPDATE); 467 setcursor(); 468 } 469 cursor_on(); 470 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 471 if (gui.in_use && !gui_mch_is_blink_off()) 472 // Don't update the cursor when it is blinking and off to avoid 473 // flicker. 474 out_flush_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 475 else 476 #endif 477 out_flush(); 478 479 --redrawing_for_callback; 480 } 481 482 /* 483 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that 484 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn. 485 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line. 486 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command. 487 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot 488 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn. 489 */ 490 void 491 redrawWinline( 492 win_T *wp, 493 linenr_T lnum, 494 int invalid UNUSED) /* window line height is invalid now */ 495 { 496 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 497 int i; 498 #endif 499 500 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum) 501 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum; 502 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 503 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 504 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 505 506 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 507 if (invalid) 508 { 509 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */ 510 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum); 511 if (i >= 0) 512 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; 513 } 514 #endif 515 } 516 517 void 518 reset_updating_screen(int may_resize_shell UNUSED) 519 { 520 updating_screen = FALSE; 521 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 522 if (may_resize_shell) 523 gui_may_resize_shell(); 524 #endif 525 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 526 term_check_channel_closed_recently(); 527 #endif 528 529 #ifdef HAVE_DROP_FILE 530 // If handle_drop() was called while updating_screen was TRUE need to 531 // handle the drop now. 532 handle_any_postponed_drop(); 533 #endif 534 } 535 536 /* 537 * Update all windows that are editing the current buffer. 538 */ 539 void 540 update_curbuf(int type) 541 { 542 redraw_curbuf_later(type); 543 update_screen(type); 544 } 545 546 /* 547 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull 548 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline. 549 * Return OK when the screen was updated, FAIL if it was not done. 550 */ 551 int 552 update_screen(int type_arg) 553 { 554 int type = type_arg; 555 win_T *wp; 556 static int did_intro = FALSE; 557 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 558 int did_one; 559 #endif 560 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 561 int did_undraw = FALSE; 562 int gui_cursor_col; 563 int gui_cursor_row; 564 #endif 565 int no_update = FALSE; 566 567 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ 568 if (!screen_valid(TRUE)) 569 return FAIL; 570 571 if (type == VALID_NO_UPDATE) 572 { 573 no_update = TRUE; 574 type = 0; 575 } 576 577 if (must_redraw) 578 { 579 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */ 580 type = must_redraw; 581 582 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird 583 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous 584 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a 585 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */ 586 must_redraw = 0; 587 } 588 589 /* May need to update w_lines[]. */ 590 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID 591 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 592 && !term_do_update_window(curwin) 593 #endif 594 ) 595 type = NOT_VALID; 596 597 /* Postpone the redrawing when it's not needed and when being called 598 * recursively. */ 599 if (!redrawing() || updating_screen) 600 { 601 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */ 602 must_redraw = type; 603 if (type > INVERTED_ALL) 604 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */ 605 return FAIL; 606 } 607 608 updating_screen = TRUE; 609 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 610 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of 611 * display updating */ 612 #endif 613 if (no_update) 614 ++no_win_do_lines_ins; 615 616 /* 617 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down 618 */ 619 if (msg_scrolled) 620 { 621 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 622 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */ 623 type = CLEAR; 624 else if (type != CLEAR) 625 { 626 check_for_delay(FALSE); 627 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, 0, NULL) 628 == FAIL) 629 type = CLEAR; 630 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 631 { 632 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled) 633 { 634 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled 635 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP 636 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0 637 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 638 { 639 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp); 640 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP; 641 } 642 else 643 { 644 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 645 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + wp->w_status_height 646 <= msg_scrolled) 647 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 648 } 649 } 650 } 651 if (!no_update) 652 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 653 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 654 } 655 msg_scrolled = 0; 656 need_wait_return = FALSE; 657 } 658 659 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */ 660 compute_cmdrow(); 661 662 /* Check for changed highlighting */ 663 if (need_highlight_changed) 664 highlight_changed(); 665 666 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */ 667 { 668 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 669 type = NOT_VALID; 670 /* must_redraw may be set indirectly, avoid another redraw later */ 671 must_redraw = 0; 672 } 673 674 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */ 675 check_for_delay(FALSE); 676 677 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 678 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 679 * changes. */ 680 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID 681 && curwin->w_nrwidth != ((curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) 682 ? number_width(curwin) : 0)) 683 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 684 #endif 685 686 /* 687 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do. 688 */ 689 if (type == INVERTED) 690 update_curswant(); 691 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type 692 && !((type == VALID 693 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid 694 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 695 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill 696 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill 697 #endif 698 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 699 || (type == INVERTED 700 && VIsual_active 701 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum 702 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode 703 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL) 704 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant) 705 )) 706 curwin->w_redr_type = type; 707 708 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ 709 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID) 710 draw_tabline(); 711 712 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 713 /* 714 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed 715 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once. 716 */ 717 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 718 { 719 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set) 720 { 721 win_T *wwp; 722 723 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */ 724 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next) 725 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer) 726 break; 727 if (wwp == wp && syntax_present(wp)) 728 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer); 729 } 730 } 731 #endif 732 733 /* 734 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need 735 * it. 736 */ 737 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 738 did_one = FALSE; 739 #endif 740 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 741 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 742 #endif 743 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 744 { 745 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 746 { 747 cursor_off(); 748 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 749 if (!did_one) 750 { 751 did_one = TRUE; 752 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 753 start_search_hl(); 754 # endif 755 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 756 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 757 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) 758 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); 759 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) 760 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); 761 # endif 762 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 763 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because 764 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under 765 * it. */ 766 if (gui.in_use && wp == curwin) 767 { 768 gui_cursor_col = gui.cursor_col; 769 gui_cursor_row = gui.cursor_row; 770 gui_undraw_cursor(); 771 did_undraw = TRUE; 772 } 773 #endif 774 } 775 #endif 776 win_update(wp); 777 } 778 779 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */ 780 if (wp->w_redr_status) 781 { 782 cursor_off(); 783 win_redr_status(wp, TRUE); // any popup menu will be redrawn below 784 } 785 } 786 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 787 end_search_hl(); 788 #endif 789 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 790 /* May need to redraw the popup menu. */ 791 pum_may_redraw(); 792 #endif 793 794 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster 795 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */ 796 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 797 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE; 798 799 reset_updating_screen(TRUE); 800 801 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may 802 * mess up the command line. */ 803 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) 804 showmode(); 805 806 if (no_update) 807 --no_win_do_lines_ins; 808 809 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */ 810 if (!did_intro) 811 maybe_intro_message(); 812 did_intro = TRUE; 813 814 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 815 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 816 * done. */ 817 if (gui.in_use) 818 { 819 if (did_undraw && !gui_mch_is_blink_off()) 820 { 821 mch_disable_flush(); 822 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ 823 mch_enable_flush(); 824 825 /* Put the GUI position where the cursor was, gui_update_cursor() 826 * uses that. */ 827 gui.col = gui_cursor_col; 828 gui.row = gui_cursor_row; 829 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 830 gui.col = mb_fix_col(gui.col, gui.row); 831 # endif 832 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 833 gui_may_flush(); 834 screen_cur_col = gui.col; 835 screen_cur_row = gui.row; 836 } 837 else 838 out_flush(); 839 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 840 } 841 #endif 842 return OK; 843 } 844 845 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) 846 /* 847 * Prepare for updating one or more windows. 848 * Caller must check for "updating_screen" already set to avoid recursiveness. 849 */ 850 static void 851 update_prepare(void) 852 { 853 cursor_off(); 854 updating_screen = TRUE; 855 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 856 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may 857 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ 858 if (gui.in_use) 859 gui_undraw_cursor(); 860 #endif 861 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 862 start_search_hl(); 863 #endif 864 } 865 866 /* 867 * Finish updating one or more windows. 868 */ 869 static void 870 update_finish(void) 871 { 872 if (redraw_cmdline) 873 showmode(); 874 875 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 876 end_search_hl(); 877 # endif 878 879 reset_updating_screen(TRUE); 880 881 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 882 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 883 * done. */ 884 if (gui.in_use) 885 { 886 out_flush_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 887 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 888 } 889 # endif 890 } 891 #endif 892 893 #if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) || defined(PROTO) 894 /* 895 * Return TRUE if the cursor line in window "wp" may be concealed, according 896 * to the 'concealcursor' option. 897 */ 898 int 899 conceal_cursor_line(win_T *wp) 900 { 901 int c; 902 903 if (*wp->w_p_cocu == NUL) 904 return FALSE; 905 if (get_real_state() & VISUAL) 906 c = 'v'; 907 else if (State & INSERT) 908 c = 'i'; 909 else if (State & NORMAL) 910 c = 'n'; 911 else if (State & CMDLINE) 912 c = 'c'; 913 else 914 return FALSE; 915 return vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, c) != NULL; 916 } 917 918 /* 919 * Check if the cursor line needs to be redrawn because of 'concealcursor'. 920 */ 921 void 922 conceal_check_cursor_line(void) 923 { 924 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0 && conceal_cursor_line(curwin)) 925 { 926 need_cursor_line_redraw = TRUE; 927 /* Need to recompute cursor column, e.g., when starting Visual mode 928 * without concealing. */ 929 curs_columns(TRUE); 930 } 931 } 932 933 void 934 update_single_line(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum) 935 { 936 int row; 937 int j; 938 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 939 proftime_T syntax_tm; 940 #endif 941 942 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ 943 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || updating_screen) 944 return; 945 946 if (lnum >= wp->w_topline && lnum < wp->w_botline 947 && foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo) == 0) 948 { 949 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 950 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 951 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &syntax_tm); 952 syn_set_timeout(&syntax_tm); 953 #endif 954 update_prepare(); 955 956 row = 0; 957 for (j = 0; j < wp->w_lines_valid; ++j) 958 { 959 if (lnum == wp->w_lines[j].wl_lnum) 960 { 961 screen_start(); /* not sure of screen cursor */ 962 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 963 init_search_hl(wp); 964 start_search_hl(); 965 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); 966 # endif 967 win_line(wp, lnum, row, row + wp->w_lines[j].wl_size, 968 FALSE, FALSE); 969 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 970 end_search_hl(); 971 # endif 972 break; 973 } 974 row += wp->w_lines[j].wl_size; 975 } 976 977 update_finish(); 978 979 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 980 syn_set_timeout(NULL); 981 #endif 982 } 983 need_cursor_line_redraw = FALSE; 984 } 985 #endif 986 987 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) 988 void 989 update_debug_sign(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum) 990 { 991 win_T *wp; 992 int doit = FALSE; 993 994 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 995 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 996 # endif 997 998 /* update/delete a specific mark */ 999 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 1000 { 1001 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0) 1002 { 1003 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline 1004 && lnum < wp->w_botline) 1005 { 1006 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum) 1007 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum; 1008 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 1009 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 1010 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 1011 } 1012 } 1013 else 1014 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 1015 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 1016 doit = TRUE; 1017 } 1018 1019 /* Return when there is nothing to do, screen updating is already 1020 * happening (recursive call), messages on the screen or still starting up. 1021 */ 1022 if (!doit || updating_screen 1023 || State == ASKMORE || State == HITRETURN 1024 || msg_scrolled 1025 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 1026 || gui.starting 1027 #endif 1028 || starting) 1029 return; 1030 1031 /* update all windows that need updating */ 1032 update_prepare(); 1033 1034 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 1035 { 1036 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 1037 win_update(wp); 1038 if (wp->w_redr_status) 1039 win_redr_status(wp, FALSE); 1040 } 1041 1042 update_finish(); 1043 } 1044 #endif 1045 1046 1047 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) 1048 /* 1049 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg. 1050 * Used for the GUI scrollbar. 1051 */ 1052 void 1053 updateWindow(win_T *wp) 1054 { 1055 /* return if already busy updating */ 1056 if (updating_screen) 1057 return; 1058 1059 update_prepare(); 1060 1061 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 1062 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 1063 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) 1064 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); 1065 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) 1066 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); 1067 #endif 1068 1069 win_update(wp); 1070 1071 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */ 1072 if (redraw_tabline) 1073 draw_tabline(); 1074 1075 if (wp->w_redr_status 1076 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 1077 || p_ru 1078 # endif 1079 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 1080 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL 1081 # endif 1082 ) 1083 win_redr_status(wp, FALSE); 1084 1085 update_finish(); 1086 } 1087 #endif 1088 1089 /* 1090 * Update a single window. 1091 * 1092 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the 1093 * screen or scrolling lines). 1094 * 1095 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also 1096 * implies the one below it. 1097 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window 1098 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible 1099 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID 1100 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area 1101 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area 1102 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline 1103 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down 1104 * 3. redraw changed text: 1105 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between 1106 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot. 1107 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between 1108 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot. 1109 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid. 1110 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom. 1111 * This results in three areas that may need updating: 1112 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down) 1113 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text) 1114 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up) 1115 */ 1116 static void 1117 win_update(win_T *wp) 1118 { 1119 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer; 1120 int type; 1121 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs 1122 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */ 1123 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs 1124 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */ 1125 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs 1126 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */ 1127 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs 1128 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */ 1129 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when 1130 w_topline got smaller a bit */ 1131 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1132 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 1133 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */ 1134 #endif 1135 1136 int row; /* current window row to display */ 1137 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */ 1138 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */ 1139 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */ 1140 1141 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */ 1142 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */ 1143 int i; 1144 long j; 1145 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */ 1146 int old_botline = wp->w_botline; 1147 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1148 long fold_count; 1149 #endif 1150 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1151 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if 1152 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */ 1153 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */ 1154 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */ 1155 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */ 1156 int did_update = DID_NONE; 1157 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */ 1158 #endif 1159 linenr_T mod_top = 0; 1160 linenr_T mod_bot = 0; 1161 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1162 int save_got_int; 1163 #endif 1164 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 1165 proftime_T syntax_tm; 1166 #endif 1167 1168 type = wp->w_redr_type; 1169 1170 if (type == NOT_VALID) 1171 { 1172 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 1173 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 1174 } 1175 1176 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */ 1177 if (wp->w_height + WINBAR_HEIGHT(wp) == 0) 1178 { 1179 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1180 return; 1181 } 1182 1183 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */ 1184 if (wp->w_width == 0) 1185 { 1186 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 1187 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0); 1188 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1189 return; 1190 } 1191 1192 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 1193 // If this window contains a terminal, redraw works completely differently. 1194 if (term_do_update_window(wp)) 1195 { 1196 term_update_window(wp); 1197 # ifdef FEAT_MENU 1198 /* Draw the window toolbar, if there is one. */ 1199 if (winbar_height(wp) > 0) 1200 redraw_win_toolbar(wp); 1201 # endif 1202 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1203 return; 1204 } 1205 #endif 1206 1207 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1208 init_search_hl(wp); 1209 #endif 1210 1211 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 1212 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 1213 * changes. */ 1214 i = (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) ? number_width(wp) : 0; 1215 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i) 1216 { 1217 type = NOT_VALID; 1218 wp->w_nrwidth = i; 1219 } 1220 else 1221 #endif 1222 1223 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0) 1224 { 1225 /* 1226 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be 1227 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw 1228 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while). 1229 */ 1230 type = NOT_VALID; 1231 } 1232 else 1233 { 1234 /* 1235 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of 1236 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes. 1237 */ 1238 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top; 1239 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0) 1240 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1; 1241 else 1242 mod_bot = 0; 1243 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */ 1244 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0; 1245 if (buf->b_mod_set) 1246 { 1247 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top) 1248 { 1249 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top; 1250 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1251 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included 1252 * in a pattern match. */ 1253 if (syntax_present(wp)) 1254 { 1255 mod_top -= buf->b_s.b_syn_sync_linebreaks; 1256 if (mod_top < 1) 1257 mod_top = 1; 1258 } 1259 #endif 1260 } 1261 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot) 1262 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot; 1263 1264 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1265 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a 1266 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a 1267 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible 1268 * lines above the change. 1269 * Same for a match pattern. 1270 */ 1271 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL 1272 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog)) 1273 top_to_mod = TRUE; 1274 else 1275 { 1276 cur = wp->w_match_head; 1277 while (cur != NULL) 1278 { 1279 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL 1280 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog)) 1281 { 1282 top_to_mod = TRUE; 1283 break; 1284 } 1285 cur = cur->next; 1286 } 1287 } 1288 #endif 1289 } 1290 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1291 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) 1292 { 1293 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb; 1294 1295 /* 1296 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or 1297 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected. 1298 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first 1299 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first 1300 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two. 1301 */ 1302 1303 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to 1304 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline. 1305 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb 1306 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */ 1307 lnumt = wp->w_topline; 1308 lnumb = MAXLNUM; 1309 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1310 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 1311 { 1312 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top) 1313 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1; 1314 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot) 1315 { 1316 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum; 1317 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating 1318 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */ 1319 if (compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0) > 0) 1320 ++lnumb; 1321 } 1322 } 1323 1324 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL); 1325 if (mod_top > lnumt) 1326 mod_top = lnumt; 1327 1328 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */ 1329 --mod_bot; 1330 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL); 1331 ++mod_bot; 1332 if (mod_bot < lnumb) 1333 mod_bot = lnumb; 1334 } 1335 #endif 1336 1337 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below 1338 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline. 1339 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was 1340 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */ 1341 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline) 1342 { 1343 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline) 1344 mod_top = wp->w_topline; 1345 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1346 else if (syntax_present(wp)) 1347 top_end = 1; 1348 #endif 1349 } 1350 1351 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below 1352 * inserted/deleted lines. */ 1353 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu) 1354 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1355 } 1356 1357 /* 1358 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when 1359 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled. 1360 */ 1361 if (type == REDRAW_TOP) 1362 { 1363 j = 0; 1364 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1365 { 1366 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1367 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows) 1368 { 1369 top_end = j; 1370 break; 1371 } 1372 } 1373 if (top_end == 0) 1374 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */ 1375 type = NOT_VALID; 1376 else 1377 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */ 1378 type = VALID; 1379 } 1380 1381 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will 1382 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still 1383 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not 1384 * called. */ 1385 if (screen_cleared) 1386 screen_cleared = MAYBE; 1387 1388 /* 1389 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw, 1390 * handle three cases: 1391 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down 1392 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up 1393 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in 1394 * w_lines[] that needs updating. 1395 */ 1396 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID 1397 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL) 1398 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1399 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill 1400 #endif 1401 ) 1402 { 1403 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top) 1404 { 1405 /* 1406 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done 1407 * further down. 1408 */ 1409 } 1410 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid 1411 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1412 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1413 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1414 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill) 1415 #endif 1416 )) 1417 { 1418 /* 1419 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down. 1420 */ 1421 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1422 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) 1423 { 1424 linenr_T ln; 1425 1426 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence 1427 * of folded lines as one */ 1428 j = 0; 1429 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln) 1430 { 1431 ++j; 1432 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2) 1433 break; 1434 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL); 1435 } 1436 } 1437 else 1438 #endif 1439 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline; 1440 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */ 1441 { 1442 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1); 1443 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1444 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */ 1445 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline) 1446 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 1447 - wp->w_old_topfill; 1448 #endif 1449 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */ 1450 { 1451 /* 1452 * Try to insert the correct number of lines. 1453 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom. 1454 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it. 1455 */ 1456 if (i > 0) 1457 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1458 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) 1459 { 1460 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1461 { 1462 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the 1463 * first one that scrolled down. */ 1464 top_end = i; 1465 scrolled_down = TRUE; 1466 1467 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable 1468 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */ 1469 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height) 1470 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 1471 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--) 1472 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j]; 1473 while (idx >= 0) 1474 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE; 1475 } 1476 } 1477 else 1478 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1479 } 1480 else 1481 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1482 } 1483 else 1484 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1485 } 1486 else 1487 { 1488 /* 1489 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up. 1490 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that 1491 * needs updating. 1492 */ 1493 1494 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */ 1495 j = -1; 1496 row = 0; 1497 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++) 1498 { 1499 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1500 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1501 { 1502 j = i; 1503 break; 1504 } 1505 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1506 } 1507 if (j == -1) 1508 { 1509 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all 1510 * lines */ 1511 mid_start = 0; 1512 } 1513 else 1514 { 1515 /* 1516 * Try to delete the correct number of lines. 1517 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum. 1518 */ 1519 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1520 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines, 1521 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */ 1522 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1523 row += wp->w_old_topfill; 1524 else 1525 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline); 1526 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */ 1527 row -= wp->w_topfill; 1528 #endif 1529 if (row > 0) 1530 { 1531 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1532 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin, 0) 1533 == OK) 1534 bot_start = wp->w_height - row; 1535 else 1536 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1537 } 1538 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1539 { 1540 /* 1541 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still 1542 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info 1543 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set 1544 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing. 1545 */ 1546 bot_start = 0; 1547 idx = 0; 1548 for (;;) 1549 { 1550 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j]; 1551 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still 1552 * valid (no lines deleted) */ 1553 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row 1554 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height) 1555 { 1556 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1; 1557 break; 1558 } 1559 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 1560 1561 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1562 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1563 { 1564 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 1565 break; 1566 } 1567 } 1568 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1569 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top 1570 * when it won't get updated below. */ 1571 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0) 1572 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size = 1573 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE) 1574 + wp->w_topfill; 1575 #endif 1576 } 1577 } 1578 } 1579 1580 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When 1581 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen 1582 * first. */ 1583 if (mid_start == 0) 1584 { 1585 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1586 if (ONE_WINDOW) 1587 { 1588 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or 1589 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE 1590 * then. */ 1591 if (screen_cleared != TRUE) 1592 screenclear(); 1593 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */ 1594 if (redraw_tabline) 1595 draw_tabline(); 1596 } 1597 } 1598 1599 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be 1600 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear() 1601 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to 1602 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */ 1603 if (screen_cleared == TRUE) 1604 must_redraw = 0; 1605 } 1606 else 1607 { 1608 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */ 1609 mid_start = 0; 1610 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1611 } 1612 1613 if (type == SOME_VALID) 1614 { 1615 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */ 1616 mid_start = 0; 1617 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1618 type = NOT_VALID; 1619 } 1620 1621 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */ 1622 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1623 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID)) 1624 { 1625 linenr_T from, to; 1626 1627 if (VIsual_active) 1628 { 1629 if (VIsual_active 1630 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode 1631 || type == INVERTED_ALL)) 1632 { 1633 /* 1634 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole 1635 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is 1636 * gained or lost. 1637 */ 1638 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum) 1639 { 1640 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1641 to = VIsual.lnum; 1642 } 1643 else 1644 { 1645 from = VIsual.lnum; 1646 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1647 } 1648 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */ 1649 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from) 1650 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1651 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to) 1652 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1653 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from) 1654 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1655 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1656 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1657 } 1658 else 1659 { 1660 /* 1661 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines 1662 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor 1663 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed. 1664 */ 1665 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum) 1666 { 1667 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1668 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1669 } 1670 else 1671 { 1672 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1673 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1674 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */ 1675 from = to; 1676 } 1677 1678 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum 1679 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col) 1680 { 1681 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from 1682 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0) 1683 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1684 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1685 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1686 if (VIsual.lnum < from) 1687 from = VIsual.lnum; 1688 if (VIsual.lnum > to) 1689 to = VIsual.lnum; 1690 } 1691 } 1692 1693 /* 1694 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant: 1695 * update all lines. 1696 * First compute the actual start and end column. 1697 */ 1698 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 1699 { 1700 colnr_T fromc, toc; 1701 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) 1702 int save_ve_flags = ve_flags; 1703 1704 if (curwin->w_p_lbr) 1705 ve_flags = VE_ALL; 1706 #endif 1707 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc); 1708 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) 1709 ve_flags = save_ve_flags; 1710 #endif 1711 ++toc; 1712 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) 1713 toc = MAXCOL; 1714 1715 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol 1716 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol) 1717 { 1718 if (from > VIsual.lnum) 1719 from = VIsual.lnum; 1720 if (to < VIsual.lnum) 1721 to = VIsual.lnum; 1722 } 1723 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc; 1724 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc; 1725 } 1726 } 1727 else 1728 { 1729 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */ 1730 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum) 1731 { 1732 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1733 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1734 } 1735 else 1736 { 1737 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1738 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1739 } 1740 } 1741 1742 /* 1743 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window. 1744 */ 1745 if (from < wp->w_topline) 1746 from = wp->w_topline; 1747 1748 /* 1749 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to 1750 * the lines that are visible in the window. 1751 */ 1752 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE) 1753 { 1754 if (from >= wp->w_botline) 1755 from = wp->w_botline - 1; 1756 if (to >= wp->w_botline) 1757 to = wp->w_botline - 1; 1758 } 1759 1760 /* 1761 * Find the minimal part to be updated. 1762 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid. 1763 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets 1764 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line. 1765 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text 1766 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for 1767 * mid_end (in srow). 1768 */ 1769 if (mid_start > 0) 1770 { 1771 lnum = wp->w_topline; 1772 idx = 0; 1773 srow = 0; 1774 if (scrolled_down) 1775 mid_start = top_end; 1776 else 1777 mid_start = 0; 1778 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */ 1779 { 1780 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1781 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1782 else if (!scrolled_down) 1783 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1784 ++idx; 1785 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1786 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1787 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum; 1788 else 1789 # endif 1790 ++lnum; 1791 } 1792 srow += mid_start; 1793 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1794 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */ 1795 { 1796 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 1797 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1) 1798 { 1799 /* Only update until first row of this line */ 1800 mid_end = srow; 1801 break; 1802 } 1803 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1804 } 1805 } 1806 } 1807 1808 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1809 { 1810 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; 1811 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1812 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum; 1813 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col; 1814 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; 1815 } 1816 else 1817 { 1818 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0; 1819 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0; 1820 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0; 1821 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0; 1822 } 1823 1824 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1825 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */ 1826 save_got_int = got_int; 1827 got_int = 0; 1828 #endif 1829 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 1830 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 1831 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &syntax_tm); 1832 syn_set_timeout(&syntax_tm); 1833 #endif 1834 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1835 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 1836 #endif 1837 1838 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 1839 /* 1840 * Draw the window toolbar, if there is one. 1841 * TODO: only when needed. 1842 */ 1843 if (winbar_height(wp) > 0) 1844 redraw_win_toolbar(wp); 1845 #endif 1846 1847 /* 1848 * Update all the window rows. 1849 */ 1850 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1851 row = 0; 1852 srow = 0; 1853 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */ 1854 for (;;) 1855 { 1856 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_ 1857 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */ 1858 if (row == wp->w_height) 1859 { 1860 didline = TRUE; 1861 break; 1862 } 1863 1864 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */ 1865 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 1866 { 1867 eof = TRUE; 1868 break; 1869 } 1870 1871 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt 1872 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */ 1873 srow = row; 1874 1875 /* 1876 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it 1877 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid. 1878 * "bot_start" may be halfway a wrapped line after using 1879 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it. 1880 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will 1881 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is 1882 * the same again, just update until the end of the window. 1883 */ 1884 if (row < top_end 1885 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end) 1886 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1887 || top_to_mod 1888 #endif 1889 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid 1890 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start) 1891 || (mod_top != 0 1892 && (lnum == mod_top 1893 || (lnum >= mod_top 1894 && (lnum < mod_bot 1895 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1896 || did_update == DID_FOLD 1897 || (did_update == DID_LINE 1898 && syntax_present(wp) 1899 && ( 1900 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1901 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp) 1902 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) || 1903 # endif 1904 syntax_check_changed(lnum))) 1905 #endif 1906 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1907 /* match in fixed position might need redraw 1908 * if lines were inserted or deleted */ 1909 || (wp->w_match_head != NULL 1910 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0) 1911 #endif 1912 ))))) 1913 { 1914 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1915 if (lnum == mod_top) 1916 top_to_mod = FALSE; 1917 #endif 1918 1919 /* 1920 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines 1921 * up or down to minimize redrawing. 1922 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end. 1923 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol >= 0, keep the "$". 1924 */ 1925 if (lnum == mod_top 1926 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM 1927 && !(dollar_vcol >= 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1)) 1928 { 1929 int old_rows = 0; 1930 int new_rows = 0; 1931 int xtra_rows; 1932 linenr_T l; 1933 1934 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which 1935 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are 1936 * currently displayed. */ 1937 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1938 { 1939 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid 1940 * lines are part of the changed area. */ 1941 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1942 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot) 1943 break; 1944 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1945 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1946 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1947 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot) 1948 { 1949 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot. 1950 * Add following invalid entries. */ 1951 ++i; 1952 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid 1953 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 1954 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size; 1955 break; 1956 } 1957 #endif 1958 } 1959 1960 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1961 { 1962 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines, 1963 * need to redraw until the end of the window. 1964 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */ 1965 bot_start = 0; 1966 } 1967 else 1968 { 1969 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window 1970 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */ 1971 j = idx; 1972 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l) 1973 { 1974 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1975 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL)) 1976 ++new_rows; 1977 else 1978 #endif 1979 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1980 if (l == wp->w_topline) 1981 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE) 1982 + wp->w_topfill; 1983 else 1984 #endif 1985 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE); 1986 ++j; 1987 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2) 1988 { 1989 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */ 1990 new_rows = 9999; 1991 break; 1992 } 1993 } 1994 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows; 1995 if (xtra_rows < 0) 1996 { 1997 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough 1998 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the 1999 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text 2000 * below the scrolled text. */ 2001 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 2002 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 2003 else 2004 { 2005 check_for_delay(FALSE); 2006 if (win_del_lines(wp, row, 2007 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE, 0) == FAIL) 2008 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 2009 else 2010 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows; 2011 } 2012 } 2013 else if (xtra_rows > 0) 2014 { 2015 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough 2016 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the 2017 * rest. */ 2018 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 2019 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 2020 else 2021 { 2022 check_for_delay(FALSE); 2023 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows, 2024 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) 2025 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 2026 else if (top_end > row + old_rows) 2027 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires 2028 * updating down. */ 2029 top_end += xtra_rows; 2030 } 2031 } 2032 2033 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[] 2034 * entries. */ 2035 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j) 2036 { 2037 if (j < i) 2038 { 2039 int x = row + new_rows; 2040 2041 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */ 2042 for (;;) 2043 { 2044 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */ 2045 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 2046 { 2047 wp->w_lines_valid = j; 2048 break; 2049 } 2050 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i]; 2051 /* stop at a line that won't fit */ 2052 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size 2053 > wp->w_height) 2054 { 2055 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1; 2056 break; 2057 } 2058 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size; 2059 ++i; 2060 } 2061 if (bot_start > x) 2062 bot_start = x; 2063 } 2064 else /* j > i */ 2065 { 2066 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */ 2067 j -= i; 2068 wp->w_lines_valid += j; 2069 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height) 2070 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 2071 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i) 2072 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j]; 2073 2074 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are 2075 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above. 2076 * Reset to zero. */ 2077 while (i >= idx) 2078 { 2079 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0; 2080 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE; 2081 } 2082 } 2083 } 2084 } 2085 } 2086 2087 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2088 /* 2089 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them. 2090 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when 2091 * 'wrap' is on). 2092 */ 2093 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo); 2094 if (fold_count != 0) 2095 { 2096 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row); 2097 ++row; 2098 --fold_count; 2099 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE; 2100 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count; 2101 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2102 did_update = DID_FOLD; 2103 # endif 2104 } 2105 else 2106 #endif 2107 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid 2108 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 2109 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum 2110 && lnum > wp->w_topline 2111 && !(dy_flags & (DY_LASTLINE | DY_TRUNCATE)) 2112 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height 2113 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2114 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0 2115 #endif 2116 ) 2117 { 2118 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here, 2119 * will draw "@ " lines below. */ 2120 row = wp->w_height + 1; 2121 } 2122 else 2123 { 2124 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 2125 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); 2126 #endif 2127 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2128 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */ 2129 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum 2130 && syntax_present(wp)) 2131 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 2132 #endif 2133 2134 /* 2135 * Display one line. 2136 */ 2137 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, 2138 mod_top == 0, FALSE); 2139 2140 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2141 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE; 2142 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum; 2143 #endif 2144 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2145 did_update = DID_LINE; 2146 syntax_last_parsed = lnum; 2147 #endif 2148 } 2149 2150 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum; 2151 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE; 2152 2153 /* Past end of the window or end of the screen. Note that after 2154 * resizing wp->w_height may be end up too big. That's a problem 2155 * elsewhere, but prevent a crash here. */ 2156 if (row > wp->w_height || row + wp->w_winrow >= Rows) 2157 { 2158 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */ 2159 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2160 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE); 2161 ++idx; 2162 break; 2163 } 2164 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2165 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow; 2166 ++idx; 2167 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2168 lnum += fold_count + 1; 2169 #else 2170 ++lnum; 2171 #endif 2172 } 2173 else 2174 { 2175 if (wp->w_p_rnu) 2176 { 2177 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2178 // 'relativenumber' set: The text doesn't need to be drawn, but 2179 // the number column nearly always does. 2180 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo); 2181 if (fold_count != 0) 2182 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row); 2183 else 2184 #endif 2185 (void)win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, TRUE, TRUE); 2186 } 2187 2188 // This line does not need to be drawn, advance to the next one. 2189 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 2190 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ 2191 break; 2192 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2193 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1; 2194 #else 2195 ++lnum; 2196 #endif 2197 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2198 did_update = DID_NONE; 2199 #endif 2200 } 2201 2202 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 2203 { 2204 eof = TRUE; 2205 break; 2206 } 2207 } 2208 /* 2209 * End of loop over all window lines. 2210 */ 2211 2212 #ifdef FEAT_VTP 2213 /* Rewrite the character at the end of the screen line. */ 2214 if (use_vtp()) 2215 { 2216 int i; 2217 2218 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 2219 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2220 if (enc_utf8) 2221 if ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[i] + Columns - 2, 2222 LineOffset[i] + screen_Columns) > 1) 2223 screen_draw_rectangle(i, Columns - 2, 1, 2, FALSE); 2224 else 2225 screen_draw_rectangle(i, Columns - 1, 1, 1, FALSE); 2226 else 2227 # endif 2228 screen_char(LineOffset[i] + Columns - 1, i, Columns - 1); 2229 } 2230 #endif 2231 2232 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid) 2233 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 2234 2235 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2236 /* 2237 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here. 2238 */ 2239 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(wp)) 2240 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 2241 #endif 2242 2243 /* 2244 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last 2245 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit. 2246 */ 2247 wp->w_empty_rows = 0; 2248 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2249 wp->w_filler_rows = 0; 2250 #endif 2251 if (!eof && !didline) 2252 { 2253 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 2254 { 2255 /* 2256 * Single line that does not fit! 2257 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited. 2258 */ 2259 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1; 2260 } 2261 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2262 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow) 2263 { 2264 /* Window ends in filler lines. */ 2265 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2266 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow; 2267 } 2268 #endif 2269 else if (dy_flags & DY_TRUNCATE) /* 'display' has "truncate" */ 2270 { 2271 int scr_row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1; 2272 2273 /* 2274 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" in the last screen line. 2275 */ 2276 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"@@", 2, scr_row, wp->w_wincol, 2277 HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2278 screen_fill(scr_row, scr_row + 1, 2279 (int)wp->w_wincol + 2, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2280 '@', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2281 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); 2282 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2283 } 2284 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */ 2285 { 2286 /* 2287 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end. 2288 */ 2289 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1, 2290 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 2291 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2292 '@', '@', HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2293 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); 2294 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2295 } 2296 else 2297 { 2298 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 2299 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2300 } 2301 } 2302 else 2303 { 2304 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 2305 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */ 2306 { 2307 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; 2308 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2309 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline); 2310 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill) 2311 { 2312 /* 2313 * Display filler lines at the end of the file 2314 */ 2315 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 2316 i = '-'; 2317 else 2318 i = fill_diff; 2319 if (row + j > wp->w_height) 2320 j = wp->w_height - row; 2321 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED); 2322 row += j; 2323 } 2324 #endif 2325 } 2326 else if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2327 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2328 2329 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */ 2330 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */ 2331 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_EOB); 2332 } 2333 2334 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 2335 syn_set_timeout(NULL); 2336 #endif 2337 2338 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */ 2339 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 2340 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2341 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 2342 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill; 2343 #endif 2344 2345 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2346 { 2347 /* 2348 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each 2349 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive 2350 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the 2351 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to 2352 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was 2353 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on 2354 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw 2355 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it 2356 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where 2357 * changes are relevant). 2358 */ 2359 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE; 2360 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive) 2361 { 2362 recursive = TRUE; 2363 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE; 2364 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */ 2365 if (must_redraw != 0) 2366 { 2367 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */ 2368 i = curbuf->b_mod_set; 2369 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; 2370 win_update(curwin); 2371 must_redraw = 0; 2372 curbuf->b_mod_set = i; 2373 } 2374 recursive = FALSE; 2375 } 2376 } 2377 2378 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 2379 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */ 2380 if (!got_int) 2381 got_int = save_got_int; 2382 #endif 2383 } 2384 2385 /* 2386 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2" 2387 * as the filler character. 2388 */ 2389 static void 2390 win_draw_end( 2391 win_T *wp, 2392 int c1, 2393 int c2, 2394 int row, 2395 int endrow, 2396 hlf_T hl) 2397 { 2398 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN) 2399 int n = 0; 2400 # define FDC_OFF n 2401 #else 2402 # define FDC_OFF 0 2403 #endif 2404 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2405 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 2406 #endif 2407 2408 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2409 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2410 { 2411 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */ 2412 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2413 n = fdc; 2414 2415 if (n > 0) 2416 { 2417 /* draw the fold column at the right */ 2418 if (n > wp->w_width) 2419 n = wp->w_width; 2420 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2421 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2422 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2423 } 2424 # endif 2425 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2426 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 2427 { 2428 int nn = n + 2; 2429 2430 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */ 2431 if (nn > wp->w_width) 2432 nn = wp->w_width; 2433 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2434 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, 2435 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_SC)); 2436 n = nn; 2437 } 2438 # endif 2439 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2440 wp->w_wincol, W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, 2441 c2, c2, HL_ATTR(hl)); 2442 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2443 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF, 2444 c1, c2, HL_ATTR(hl)); 2445 } 2446 else 2447 #endif 2448 { 2449 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2450 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 2451 { 2452 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */ 2453 n = 1; 2454 if (n > wp->w_width) 2455 n = wp->w_width; 2456 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2457 wp->w_wincol, (int)wp->w_wincol + n, 2458 cmdwin_type, ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2459 } 2460 #endif 2461 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2462 if (fdc > 0) 2463 { 2464 int nn = n + fdc; 2465 2466 /* draw the fold column at the left */ 2467 if (nn > wp->w_width) 2468 nn = wp->w_width; 2469 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2470 wp->w_wincol + n, (int)wp->w_wincol + nn, 2471 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2472 n = nn; 2473 } 2474 #endif 2475 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2476 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 2477 { 2478 int nn = n + 2; 2479 2480 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */ 2481 if (nn > wp->w_width) 2482 nn = wp->w_width; 2483 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2484 wp->w_wincol + n, (int)wp->w_wincol + nn, 2485 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_SC)); 2486 n = nn; 2487 } 2488 #endif 2489 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2490 wp->w_wincol + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2491 c1, c2, HL_ATTR(hl)); 2492 } 2493 set_empty_rows(wp, row); 2494 } 2495 2496 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2497 /* 2498 * Advance **color_cols and return TRUE when there are columns to draw. 2499 */ 2500 static int 2501 advance_color_col(int vcol, int **color_cols) 2502 { 2503 while (**color_cols >= 0 && vcol > **color_cols) 2504 ++*color_cols; 2505 return (**color_cols >= 0); 2506 } 2507 #endif 2508 2509 #if defined(FEAT_MENU) || defined(FEAT_FOLDING) 2510 /* 2511 * Copy "text" to ScreenLines using "attr". 2512 * Returns the next screen column. 2513 */ 2514 static int 2515 text_to_screenline(win_T *wp, char_u *text, int col) 2516 { 2517 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 2518 2519 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2520 if (has_mbyte) 2521 { 2522 int cells; 2523 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO]; 2524 int i; 2525 int idx; 2526 int c_len; 2527 char_u *p; 2528 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2529 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 2530 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 2531 # endif 2532 2533 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2534 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2535 idx = off; 2536 else 2537 # endif 2538 idx = off + col; 2539 2540 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */ 2541 for (p = text; *p != NUL; ) 2542 { 2543 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p); 2544 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 2545 if (col + cells > wp->w_width 2546 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2547 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0) 2548 # endif 2549 ) 2550 break; 2551 ScreenLines[idx] = *p; 2552 if (enc_utf8) 2553 { 2554 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc); 2555 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) 2556 { 2557 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0; 2558 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2559 prev_c = u8c; 2560 #endif 2561 } 2562 else 2563 { 2564 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2565 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 2566 { 2567 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 2568 int pc, pc1, nc; 2569 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 2570 int firstbyte = *p; 2571 2572 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 2573 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 2574 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2575 { 2576 pc = prev_c; 2577 pc1 = prev_c1; 2578 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len); 2579 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; 2580 } 2581 else 2582 { 2583 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc); 2584 nc = prev_c; 2585 pc1 = pcc[0]; 2586 } 2587 prev_c = u8c; 2588 2589 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0], 2590 pc, pc1, nc); 2591 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte; 2592 } 2593 else 2594 prev_c = u8c; 2595 #endif 2596 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 2597 #ifdef UNICODE16 2598 if (u8c >= 0x10000) 2599 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; 2600 else 2601 #endif 2602 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c; 2603 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 2604 { 2605 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i]; 2606 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 2607 break; 2608 } 2609 } 2610 if (cells > 1) 2611 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0; 2612 } 2613 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e) 2614 /* double-byte single width character */ 2615 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1]; 2616 else if (cells > 1) 2617 /* double-width character */ 2618 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1]; 2619 col += cells; 2620 idx += cells; 2621 p += c_len; 2622 } 2623 } 2624 else 2625 #endif 2626 { 2627 int len = (int)STRLEN(text); 2628 2629 if (len > wp->w_width - col) 2630 len = wp->w_width - col; 2631 if (len > 0) 2632 { 2633 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2634 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2635 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len); 2636 else 2637 #endif 2638 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len); 2639 col += len; 2640 } 2641 } 2642 return col; 2643 } 2644 #endif 2645 2646 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2647 /* 2648 * Compute the width of the foldcolumn. Based on 'foldcolumn' and how much 2649 * space is available for window "wp", minus "col". 2650 */ 2651 static int 2652 compute_foldcolumn(win_T *wp, int col) 2653 { 2654 int fdc = wp->w_p_fdc; 2655 int wmw = wp == curwin && p_wmw == 0 ? 1 : p_wmw; 2656 int wwidth = wp->w_width; 2657 2658 if (fdc > wwidth - (col + wmw)) 2659 fdc = wwidth - (col + wmw); 2660 return fdc; 2661 } 2662 2663 /* 2664 * Display one folded line. 2665 */ 2666 static void 2667 fold_line( 2668 win_T *wp, 2669 long fold_count, 2670 foldinfo_T *foldinfo, 2671 linenr_T lnum, 2672 int row) 2673 { 2674 char_u buf[FOLD_TEXT_LEN]; 2675 pos_T *top, *bot; 2676 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1; 2677 int len; 2678 char_u *text; 2679 int fdc; 2680 int col; 2681 int txtcol; 2682 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 2683 int ri; 2684 2685 /* Build the fold line: 2686 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2687 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2688 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 2689 * 4. Compose the text 2690 * 5. Add the text 2691 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text 2692 */ 2693 col = 0; 2694 2695 /* 2696 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2697 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left. 2698 */ 2699 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2700 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 2701 { 2702 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type; 2703 ScreenAttrs[off] = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 2704 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2705 if (enc_utf8) 2706 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 2707 #endif 2708 ++col; 2709 } 2710 #endif 2711 2712 /* 2713 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2714 * Reduce the width when there is not enough space. 2715 */ 2716 fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, col); 2717 if (fdc > 0) 2718 { 2719 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum); 2720 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2721 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2722 { 2723 int i; 2724 2725 copy_text_attr(off + wp->w_width - fdc - col, buf, fdc, 2726 HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2727 /* reverse the fold column */ 2728 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i) 2729 ScreenLines[off + wp->w_width - i - 1 - col] = buf[i]; 2730 } 2731 else 2732 #endif 2733 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2734 col += fdc; 2735 } 2736 2737 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2738 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) \ 2739 do { \ 2740 if (wp->w_p_rl) \ 2741 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2742 ScreenAttrs[off + (wp->w_width - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \ 2743 else \ 2744 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2745 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v; \ 2746 } while (0) 2747 #else 2748 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) \ 2749 do { \ 2750 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2751 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v; \ 2752 } while (0) 2753 #endif 2754 2755 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column and the 2756 * text */ 2757 RL_MEMSET(col, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL), wp->w_width - col); 2758 2759 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2760 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */ 2761 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 2762 { 2763 len = wp->w_width - col; 2764 if (len > 0) 2765 { 2766 if (len > 2) 2767 len = 2; 2768 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2769 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2770 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2771 copy_text_attr(off + wp->w_width - len - col, 2772 (char_u *)" ", len, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2773 else 2774 # endif 2775 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2776 col += len; 2777 } 2778 } 2779 #endif 2780 2781 /* 2782 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 2783 */ 2784 if (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) 2785 { 2786 len = wp->w_width - col; 2787 if (len > 0) 2788 { 2789 int w = number_width(wp); 2790 long num; 2791 char *fmt = "%*ld "; 2792 2793 if (len > w + 1) 2794 len = w + 1; 2795 2796 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) 2797 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ 2798 num = (long)lnum; 2799 else 2800 { 2801 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ 2802 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); 2803 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) 2804 { 2805 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber': cursor line shows absolute 2806 * line number */ 2807 num = lnum; 2808 fmt = "%-*ld "; 2809 } 2810 } 2811 2812 sprintf((char *)buf, fmt, w, num); 2813 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2814 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2815 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2816 copy_text_attr(off + wp->w_width - len - col, buf, len, 2817 HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2818 else 2819 #endif 2820 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2821 col += len; 2822 } 2823 } 2824 2825 /* 2826 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set. 2827 */ 2828 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf); 2829 2830 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */ 2831 2832 /* 2833 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold". 2834 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put 2835 * in columns number-col - window-width. 2836 */ 2837 col = text_to_screenline(wp, text, col); 2838 2839 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */ 2840 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2841 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2842 col -= txtcol; 2843 #endif 2844 while (col < wp->w_width 2845 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2846 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0) 2847 #endif 2848 ) 2849 { 2850 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2851 if (enc_utf8) 2852 { 2853 if (fill_fold >= 0x80) 2854 { 2855 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold; 2856 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0; 2857 ScreenLines[off + col] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ 2858 } 2859 else 2860 { 2861 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0; 2862 ScreenLines[off + col] = fill_fold; 2863 } 2864 col++; 2865 } 2866 else 2867 #endif 2868 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold; 2869 } 2870 2871 if (text != buf) 2872 vim_free(text); 2873 2874 /* 2875 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text. 2876 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line. 2877 */ 2878 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 2879 { 2880 if (LTOREQ_POS(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 2881 { 2882 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 2883 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 2884 bot = &VIsual; 2885 } 2886 else 2887 { 2888 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 2889 top = &VIsual; 2890 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 2891 } 2892 if (lnum >= top->lnum 2893 && lnume <= bot->lnum 2894 && (VIsual_mode != 'v' 2895 || ((lnum > top->lnum 2896 || (lnum == top->lnum 2897 && top->col == 0)) 2898 && (lnume < bot->lnum 2899 || (lnume == bot->lnum 2900 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e')) 2901 >= (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE))))))) 2902 { 2903 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 2904 { 2905 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */ 2906 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)wp->w_width) 2907 { 2908 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol != MAXCOL 2909 && wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol 2910 < (colnr_T)wp->w_width) 2911 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 2912 else 2913 len = wp->w_width - txtcol; 2914 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, HL_ATTR(HLF_V), 2915 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol); 2916 } 2917 } 2918 else 2919 { 2920 /* Set all attributes of the text */ 2921 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, HL_ATTR(HLF_V), wp->w_width - txtcol); 2922 } 2923 } 2924 } 2925 2926 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2927 /* Show colorcolumn in the fold line, but let cursorcolumn override it. */ 2928 if (wp->w_p_cc_cols) 2929 { 2930 int i = 0; 2931 int j = wp->w_p_cc_cols[i]; 2932 int old_txtcol = txtcol; 2933 2934 while (j > -1) 2935 { 2936 txtcol += j; 2937 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2938 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; 2939 else 2940 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; 2941 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < wp->w_width) 2942 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( 2943 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], HL_ATTR(HLF_MC)); 2944 txtcol = old_txtcol; 2945 j = wp->w_p_cc_cols[++i]; 2946 } 2947 } 2948 2949 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */ 2950 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 2951 { 2952 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol; 2953 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2954 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; 2955 else 2956 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; 2957 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < wp->w_width) 2958 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( 2959 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], HL_ATTR(HLF_CUC)); 2960 } 2961 #endif 2962 2963 screen_line(row + W_WINROW(wp), wp->w_wincol, (int)wp->w_width, 2964 (int)wp->w_width, FALSE); 2965 2966 /* 2967 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 2968 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 2969 */ 2970 if (wp == curwin 2971 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 2972 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 2973 { 2974 curwin->w_cline_row = row; 2975 curwin->w_cline_height = 1; 2976 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE; 2977 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 2978 } 2979 } 2980 2981 /* 2982 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr". 2983 */ 2984 static void 2985 copy_text_attr( 2986 int off, 2987 char_u *buf, 2988 int len, 2989 int attr) 2990 { 2991 int i; 2992 2993 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len); 2994 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2995 if (enc_utf8) 2996 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len); 2997 # endif 2998 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) 2999 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr; 3000 } 3001 3002 /* 3003 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp". 3004 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0. 3005 */ 3006 static void 3007 fill_foldcolumn( 3008 char_u *p, 3009 win_T *wp, 3010 int closed, /* TRUE of FALSE */ 3011 linenr_T lnum) /* current line number */ 3012 { 3013 int i = 0; 3014 int level; 3015 int first_level; 3016 int empty; 3017 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 3018 3019 /* Init to all spaces. */ 3020 vim_memset(p, ' ', (size_t)fdc); 3021 3022 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level; 3023 if (level > 0) 3024 { 3025 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */ 3026 empty = (fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1; 3027 3028 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that 3029 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */ 3030 first_level = level - fdc - closed + 1 + empty; 3031 if (first_level < 1) 3032 first_level = 1; 3033 3034 for (i = 0; i + empty < fdc; ++i) 3035 { 3036 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum 3037 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level) 3038 p[i] = '-'; 3039 else if (first_level == 1) 3040 p[i] = '|'; 3041 else if (first_level + i <= 9) 3042 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i; 3043 else 3044 p[i] = '>'; 3045 if (first_level + i == level) 3046 break; 3047 } 3048 } 3049 if (closed) 3050 p[i >= fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+'; 3051 } 3052 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */ 3053 3054 /* 3055 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen. 3056 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached. 3057 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid. 3058 * 3059 * Return the number of last row the line occupies. 3060 */ 3061 static int 3062 win_line( 3063 win_T *wp, 3064 linenr_T lnum, 3065 int startrow, 3066 int endrow, 3067 int nochange UNUSED, // not updating for changed text 3068 int number_only) // only update the number column 3069 { 3070 int col = 0; /* visual column on screen */ 3071 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */ 3072 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */ 3073 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */ 3074 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3075 long vcol_sbr = -1; /* virtual column after showbreak */ 3076 #endif 3077 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */ 3078 char_u *line; /* current line */ 3079 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */ 3080 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */ 3081 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */ 3082 3083 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */ 3084 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */ 3085 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */ 3086 char_u *p_extra_free = NULL; /* p_extra needs to be freed */ 3087 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */ 3088 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */ 3089 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when 3090 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */ 3091 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */ 3092 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */ 3093 3094 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */ 3095 int saved_n_extra = 0; 3096 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL; 3097 int saved_c_extra = 0; 3098 int saved_char_attr = 0; 3099 3100 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */ 3101 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */ 3102 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */ 3103 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */ 3104 3105 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */ 3106 3107 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */ 3108 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */ 3109 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */ 3110 pos_T *top, *bot; 3111 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE; 3112 pos_T pos; 3113 long v; 3114 3115 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */ 3116 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */ 3117 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting 3118 in this line */ 3119 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */ 3120 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */ 3121 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */ 3122 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3123 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */ 3124 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */ 3125 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */ 3126 int save_did_emsg; 3127 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */ 3128 int draw_color_col = FALSE; /* highlight colorcolumn */ 3129 int *color_cols = NULL; /* pointer to according columns array */ 3130 #endif 3131 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 3132 int text_prop_count; 3133 int text_prop_next = 0; // next text property to use 3134 textprop_T *text_props = NULL; 3135 int *text_prop_idxs = NULL; 3136 int text_props_active = 0; 3137 proptype_T *text_prop_type = NULL; 3138 int text_prop_attr = 0; 3139 #endif 3140 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3141 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */ 3142 # define SPWORDLEN 150 3143 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */ 3144 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */ 3145 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line 3146 starts */ 3147 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */ 3148 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */ 3149 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */ 3150 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which 3151 * there are no spell errors */ 3152 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */ 3153 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */ 3154 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */ 3155 #endif 3156 int extra_check = 0; // has extra highlighting 3157 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3158 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */ 3159 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */ 3160 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */ 3161 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */ 3162 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */ 3163 #endif 3164 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3165 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */ 3166 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */ 3167 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */ 3168 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */ 3169 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */ 3170 #endif 3171 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */ 3172 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3173 int need_showbreak = FALSE; /* overlong line, skipping first x 3174 chars */ 3175 #endif 3176 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) \ 3177 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3178 # define LINE_ATTR 3179 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */ 3180 #endif 3181 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 3182 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 3183 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ 3184 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl 3185 has been processed or not */ 3186 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is 3187 in progress */ 3188 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol 3189 equals startcol of search_hl or one 3190 of the matches */ 3191 #endif 3192 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 3193 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 3194 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 3195 #endif 3196 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 3197 int did_line_attr = 0; 3198 #endif 3199 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 3200 int get_term_attr = FALSE; 3201 int term_attr = 0; /* background for terminal window */ 3202 #endif 3203 3204 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */ 3205 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */ 3206 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3207 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */ 3208 #else 3209 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START 3210 #endif 3211 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3212 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */ 3213 #else 3214 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE 3215 #endif 3216 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3217 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */ 3218 #else 3219 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */ 3220 #endif 3221 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */ 3222 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3223 # define WL_BRI WL_NR + 1 /* 'breakindent' */ 3224 #else 3225 # define WL_BRI WL_NR 3226 #endif 3227 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3228 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */ 3229 #else 3230 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI 3231 #endif 3232 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */ 3233 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */ 3234 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 3235 int feedback_col = 0; 3236 int feedback_old_attr = -1; 3237 #endif 3238 3239 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3240 int syntax_flags = 0; 3241 int syntax_seqnr = 0; 3242 int prev_syntax_id = 0; 3243 int conceal_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CONCEAL); 3244 int is_concealing = FALSE; 3245 int boguscols = 0; /* nonexistent columns added to force 3246 wrapping */ 3247 int vcol_off = 0; /* offset for concealed characters */ 3248 int did_wcol = FALSE; 3249 int match_conc = 0; /* cchar for match functions */ 3250 int has_match_conc = 0; /* match wants to conceal */ 3251 int old_boguscols = 0; 3252 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol - vcol_off) 3253 # define FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS \ 3254 { \ 3255 n_extra += vcol_off; \ 3256 vcol -= vcol_off; \ 3257 vcol_off = 0; \ 3258 col -= boguscols; \ 3259 old_boguscols = boguscols; \ 3260 boguscols = 0; \ 3261 } 3262 #else 3263 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol) 3264 #endif 3265 3266 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */ 3267 return startrow; 3268 3269 row = startrow; 3270 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp); 3271 3272 if (!number_only) 3273 { 3274 /* 3275 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak, 3276 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done. 3277 */ 3278 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3279 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr; 3280 #endif 3281 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3282 if (syntax_present(wp) && !wp->w_s->b_syn_error 3283 # ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 3284 && !wp->w_s->b_syn_slow 3285 # endif 3286 ) 3287 { 3288 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an 3289 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */ 3290 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 3291 did_emsg = FALSE; 3292 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 3293 if (did_emsg) 3294 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; 3295 else 3296 { 3297 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 3298 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 3299 if (!wp->w_s->b_syn_slow) 3300 #endif 3301 { 3302 has_syntax = TRUE; 3303 extra_check = TRUE; 3304 } 3305 } 3306 } 3307 3308 /* Check for columns to display for 'colorcolumn'. */ 3309 color_cols = wp->w_p_cc_cols; 3310 if (color_cols != NULL) 3311 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 3312 #endif 3313 3314 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 3315 if (term_show_buffer(wp->w_buffer)) 3316 { 3317 extra_check = TRUE; 3318 get_term_attr = TRUE; 3319 term_attr = term_get_attr(wp->w_buffer, lnum, -1); 3320 } 3321 #endif 3322 3323 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3324 if (wp->w_p_spell 3325 && *wp->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL 3326 && wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_len > 0 3327 && *(char **)(wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL) 3328 { 3329 /* Prepare for spell checking. */ 3330 has_spell = TRUE; 3331 extra_check = TRUE; 3332 3333 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the 3334 * next line are found too: "et<line-break>al.". 3335 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */ 3336 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL; 3337 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 3338 { 3339 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE); 3340 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN); 3341 } 3342 3343 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the 3344 * current line is valid. */ 3345 if (lnum == checked_lnum) 3346 cur_checked_col = checked_col; 3347 checked_lnum = 0; 3348 3349 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a 3350 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check 3351 * the first word. */ 3352 if (lnum != capcol_lnum) 3353 cap_col = -1; 3354 if (lnum == 1) 3355 cap_col = 0; 3356 capcol_lnum = 0; 3357 } 3358 #endif 3359 3360 /* 3361 * handle visual active in this window 3362 */ 3363 fromcol = -10; 3364 tocol = MAXCOL; 3365 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 3366 { 3367 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 3368 if (LTOREQ_POS(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 3369 { 3370 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 3371 bot = &VIsual; 3372 } 3373 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 3374 { 3375 top = &VIsual; 3376 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 3377 } 3378 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum); 3379 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */ 3380 { 3381 if (lnum_in_visual_area) 3382 { 3383 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol; 3384 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 3385 } 3386 } 3387 else /* non-block mode */ 3388 { 3389 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) 3390 fromcol = 0; 3391 else if (lnum == top->lnum) 3392 { 3393 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */ 3394 fromcol = 0; 3395 else 3396 { 3397 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 3398 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL) 3399 tocol = fromcol + 1; 3400 } 3401 } 3402 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum) 3403 { 3404 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0 3405 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 3406 && bot->coladd == 0 3407 #endif 3408 ) 3409 { 3410 fromcol = -10; 3411 tocol = MAXCOL; 3412 } 3413 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL) 3414 tocol = MAXCOL; 3415 else 3416 { 3417 pos = *bot; 3418 if (*p_sel == 'e') 3419 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 3420 else 3421 { 3422 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol); 3423 ++tocol; 3424 } 3425 } 3426 } 3427 } 3428 3429 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */ 3430 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin 3431 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 3432 && !gui.in_use 3433 #endif 3434 ) 3435 noinvcur = TRUE; 3436 3437 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */ 3438 if (fromcol >= 0) 3439 { 3440 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3441 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_V); 3442 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) 3443 if ((clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned 3444 && clip_isautosel_star()) 3445 || (clip_plus.available && !clip_plus.owned 3446 && clip_isautosel_plus())) 3447 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_VNC); 3448 #endif 3449 } 3450 } 3451 3452 /* 3453 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting 3454 */ 3455 else if (highlight_match 3456 && wp == curwin 3457 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 3458 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 3459 { 3460 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 3461 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), 3462 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 3463 else 3464 fromcol = 0; 3465 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 3466 { 3467 pos.lnum = lnum; 3468 pos.col = search_match_endcol; 3469 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 3470 } 3471 else 3472 tocol = MAXCOL; 3473 /* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */ 3474 if (fromcol == tocol) 3475 tocol = fromcol + 1; 3476 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3477 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_I); 3478 } 3479 } 3480 3481 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3482 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum); 3483 if (filler_lines < 0) 3484 { 3485 if (filler_lines == -1) 3486 { 3487 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end)) 3488 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 3489 else if (change_start == 0) 3490 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 3491 else 3492 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 3493 } 3494 else 3495 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 3496 filler_lines = 0; 3497 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3498 } 3499 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 3500 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill; 3501 filler_todo = filler_lines; 3502 #endif 3503 3504 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 3505 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3506 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */ 3507 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL); 3508 if (v != 0) 3509 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE); 3510 # endif 3511 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) 3512 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */ 3513 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum) 3514 line_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_QFL); 3515 # endif 3516 if (line_attr != 0) 3517 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3518 #endif 3519 3520 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3521 ptr = line; 3522 3523 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3524 if (has_spell && !number_only) 3525 { 3526 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */ 3527 if (cap_col == 0) 3528 cap_col = getwhitecols(line); 3529 3530 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the 3531 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was 3532 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */ 3533 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL) 3534 { 3535 /* No next line or it is empty. */ 3536 nextlinecol = MAXCOL; 3537 nextline_idx = 0; 3538 } 3539 else 3540 { 3541 v = (long)STRLEN(line); 3542 if (v < SPWORDLEN) 3543 { 3544 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the 3545 * next line. */ 3546 nextlinecol = 0; 3547 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v); 3548 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN); 3549 nextline_idx = v + 1; 3550 } 3551 else 3552 { 3553 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */ 3554 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN; 3555 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN); 3556 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1; 3557 } 3558 } 3559 } 3560 #endif 3561 3562 if (wp->w_p_list) 3563 { 3564 if (lcs_space || lcs_trail) 3565 extra_check = TRUE; 3566 /* find start of trailing whitespace */ 3567 if (lcs_trail) 3568 { 3569 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr); 3570 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && VIM_ISWHITE(ptr[trailcol - 1])) 3571 --trailcol; 3572 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line); 3573 } 3574 } 3575 3576 /* 3577 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the 3578 * first character to be displayed. 3579 */ 3580 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 3581 v = wp->w_skipcol; 3582 else 3583 v = wp->w_leftcol; 3584 if (v > 0 && !number_only) 3585 { 3586 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3587 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr; 3588 #endif 3589 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL) 3590 { 3591 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL); 3592 vcol += c; 3593 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3594 prev_ptr = ptr; 3595 #endif 3596 MB_PTR_ADV(ptr); 3597 } 3598 3599 /* When: 3600 * - 'cuc' is set, or 3601 * - 'colorcolumn' is set, or 3602 * - 'virtualedit' is set, or 3603 * - the visual mode is active, 3604 * the end of the line may be before the start of the displayed part. 3605 */ 3606 if (vcol < v && ( 3607 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3608 wp->w_p_cuc || draw_color_col || 3609 #endif 3610 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 3611 virtual_active() || 3612 #endif 3613 (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer))) 3614 { 3615 vcol = v; 3616 } 3617 3618 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at 3619 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */ 3620 if (vcol > v) 3621 { 3622 vcol -= c; 3623 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3624 ptr = prev_ptr; 3625 #else 3626 --ptr; 3627 #endif 3628 /* If the character fits on the screen, don't need to skip it. 3629 * Except for a TAB. */ 3630 if (( 3631 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3632 (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) >= c || 3633 #endif 3634 *ptr == TAB) && col == 0) 3635 n_skip = v - vcol; 3636 } 3637 3638 /* 3639 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen, 3640 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen. 3641 */ 3642 if (tocol <= vcol) 3643 fromcol = 0; 3644 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol) 3645 fromcol = vcol; 3646 3647 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3648 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */ 3649 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 3650 need_showbreak = TRUE; 3651 #endif 3652 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3653 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the 3654 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */ 3655 if (has_spell) 3656 { 3657 int len; 3658 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line); 3659 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 3660 3661 pos = wp->w_cursor; 3662 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 3663 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol; 3664 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf); 3665 3666 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */ 3667 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3668 ptr = line + linecol; 3669 3670 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line) 3671 { 3672 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a 3673 * word */ 3674 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 3675 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp) - line + 1); 3676 } 3677 else 3678 { 3679 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */ 3680 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1; 3681 3682 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ 3683 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) 3684 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; 3685 } 3686 wp->w_cursor = pos; 3687 3688 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3689 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */ 3690 if (has_syntax) 3691 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 3692 # endif 3693 } 3694 #endif 3695 } 3696 3697 /* 3698 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled. 3699 * Avoids having to check this for each character. 3700 */ 3701 if (fromcol >= 0) 3702 { 3703 if (noinvcur) 3704 { 3705 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol) 3706 { 3707 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the 3708 * cursor */ 3709 fromcol_prev = fromcol; 3710 fromcol = -1; 3711 } 3712 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol) 3713 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */ 3714 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol; 3715 } 3716 if (fromcol >= tocol) 3717 fromcol = -1; 3718 } 3719 3720 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 3721 /* 3722 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches. 3723 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list. 3724 */ 3725 cur = wp->w_match_head; 3726 shl_flag = FALSE; 3727 while ((cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) && !number_only) 3728 { 3729 if (shl_flag == FALSE) 3730 { 3731 shl = &search_hl; 3732 shl_flag = TRUE; 3733 } 3734 else 3735 shl = &cur->hl; 3736 shl->startcol = MAXCOL; 3737 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3738 shl->attr_cur = 0; 3739 shl->is_addpos = FALSE; 3740 v = (long)(ptr - line); 3741 if (cur != NULL) 3742 cur->pos.cur = 0; 3743 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, 3744 shl == &search_hl ? NULL : cur); 3745 3746 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it 3747 * invalid. */ 3748 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3749 ptr = line + v; 3750 3751 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum) 3752 { 3753 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 3754 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 3755 else 3756 shl->startcol = 0; 3757 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum 3758 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum) 3759 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 3760 else 3761 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3762 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */ 3763 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) 3764 { 3765 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3766 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL) 3767 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol); 3768 else 3769 #endif 3770 ++shl->endcol; 3771 } 3772 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */ 3773 { 3774 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; 3775 search_attr = shl->attr; 3776 } 3777 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3778 } 3779 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 3780 cur = cur->next; 3781 } 3782 #endif 3783 3784 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3785 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline' in the current window. Not 3786 * when Visual mode is active, because it's not clear what is selected 3787 * then. */ 3788 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 3789 && !(wp == curwin && VIsual_active)) 3790 { 3791 line_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL); 3792 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3793 } 3794 #endif 3795 3796 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 3797 { 3798 char_u *prop_start; 3799 3800 text_prop_count = get_text_props(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3801 &prop_start, FALSE); 3802 if (text_prop_count > 0) 3803 { 3804 // Make a copy of the properties, so that they are properly 3805 // aligned. 3806 text_props = (textprop_T *)alloc( 3807 text_prop_count * sizeof(textprop_T)); 3808 if (text_props != NULL) 3809 mch_memmove(text_props, prop_start, 3810 text_prop_count * sizeof(textprop_T)); 3811 3812 // Allocate an array for the indexes. 3813 text_prop_idxs = (int *)alloc(text_prop_count * sizeof(int)); 3814 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3815 extra_check = TRUE; 3816 } 3817 } 3818 #endif 3819 3820 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 3821 col = 0; 3822 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3823 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3824 { 3825 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put 3826 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the 3827 * rightmost column of the window. */ 3828 col = wp->w_width - 1; 3829 off += col; 3830 } 3831 #endif 3832 3833 /* 3834 * Repeat for the whole displayed line. 3835 */ 3836 for (;;) 3837 { 3838 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3839 has_match_conc = 0; 3840 #endif 3841 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */ 3842 if (draw_state != WL_LINE) 3843 { 3844 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3845 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3846 { 3847 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE; 3848 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 3849 { 3850 /* Draw the cmdline character. */ 3851 n_extra = 1; 3852 c_extra = cmdwin_type; 3853 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 3854 } 3855 } 3856 #endif 3857 3858 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3859 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3860 { 3861 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 3862 3863 draw_state = WL_FOLD; 3864 if (fdc > 0) 3865 { 3866 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. Allocate a buffer, "extra" may 3867 * already be in use. */ 3868 vim_free(p_extra_free); 3869 p_extra_free = alloc(12 + 1); 3870 3871 if (p_extra_free != NULL) 3872 { 3873 fill_foldcolumn(p_extra_free, wp, FALSE, lnum); 3874 n_extra = fdc; 3875 p_extra_free[n_extra] = NUL; 3876 p_extra = p_extra_free; 3877 c_extra = NUL; 3878 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_FC); 3879 } 3880 } 3881 } 3882 #endif 3883 3884 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3885 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3886 { 3887 draw_state = WL_SIGN; 3888 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this 3889 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */ 3890 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 3891 { 3892 int text_sign; 3893 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3894 int icon_sign; 3895 # endif 3896 3897 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */ 3898 c_extra = ' '; 3899 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_SC); 3900 n_extra = 2; 3901 3902 if (row == startrow 3903 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3904 + filler_lines && filler_todo <= 0 3905 #endif 3906 ) 3907 { 3908 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3909 SIGN_TEXT); 3910 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3911 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3912 SIGN_ICON); 3913 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0) 3914 { 3915 /* Use the image in this position. */ 3916 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE; 3917 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 3918 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1) 3919 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE; 3920 # endif 3921 char_attr = icon_sign; 3922 } 3923 else 3924 # endif 3925 if (text_sign != 0) 3926 { 3927 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign); 3928 if (p_extra != NULL) 3929 { 3930 c_extra = NUL; 3931 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); 3932 } 3933 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE); 3934 } 3935 } 3936 } 3937 } 3938 #endif 3939 3940 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3941 { 3942 draw_state = WL_NR; 3943 /* Display the absolute or relative line number. After the 3944 * first fill with blanks when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */ 3945 if ((wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) 3946 && (row == startrow 3947 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3948 + filler_lines 3949 #endif 3950 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL)) 3951 { 3952 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */ 3953 if (row == startrow 3954 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3955 + filler_lines 3956 #endif 3957 ) 3958 { 3959 long num; 3960 char *fmt = "%*ld "; 3961 3962 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) 3963 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ 3964 num = (long)lnum; 3965 else 3966 { 3967 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ 3968 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); 3969 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) 3970 { 3971 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber' */ 3972 num = lnum; 3973 fmt = "%-*ld "; 3974 } 3975 } 3976 3977 sprintf((char *)extra, fmt, 3978 number_width(wp), num); 3979 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0) 3980 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra) 3981 *p_extra = '-'; 3982 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3983 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */ 3984 rl_mirror(extra); 3985 #endif 3986 p_extra = extra; 3987 c_extra = NUL; 3988 } 3989 else 3990 c_extra = ' '; 3991 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1; 3992 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_N); 3993 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3994 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of 3995 * the current line differently. 3996 * TODO: Can we use CursorLine instead of CursorLineNr 3997 * when CursorLineNr isn't set? */ 3998 if ((wp->w_p_cul || wp->w_p_rnu) 3999 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 4000 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CLN); 4001 #endif 4002 } 4003 } 4004 4005 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4006 if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 4007 && n_extra == 0 && *p_sbr != NUL) 4008 /* draw indent after showbreak value */ 4009 draw_state = WL_BRI; 4010 else if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_SBR && n_extra == 0) 4011 /* After the showbreak, draw the breakindent */ 4012 draw_state = WL_BRI - 1; 4013 4014 /* draw 'breakindent': indent wrapped text accordingly */ 4015 if (draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 && n_extra == 0) 4016 { 4017 draw_state = WL_BRI; 4018 /* if need_showbreak is set, breakindent also applies */ 4019 if (wp->w_p_bri && n_extra == 0 4020 && (row != startrow || need_showbreak) 4021 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4022 && filler_lines == 0 4023 # endif 4024 ) 4025 { 4026 char_attr = 0; 4027 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4028 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) 4029 { 4030 char_attr = HL_ATTR(diff_hlf); 4031 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4032 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 4033 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 4034 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 4035 # endif 4036 } 4037 # endif 4038 p_extra = NULL; 4039 c_extra = ' '; 4040 n_extra = get_breakindent_win(wp, 4041 ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE)); 4042 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'breakindent', 4043 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ 4044 if (tocol == vcol) 4045 tocol += n_extra; 4046 } 4047 } 4048 #endif 4049 4050 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 4051 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 4052 { 4053 draw_state = WL_SBR; 4054 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4055 if (filler_todo > 0) 4056 { 4057 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */ 4058 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 4059 c_extra = '-'; 4060 else 4061 c_extra = fill_diff; 4062 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4063 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4064 n_extra = col + 1; 4065 else 4066 # endif 4067 n_extra = wp->w_width - col; 4068 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_DED); 4069 } 4070 # endif 4071 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4072 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak) 4073 { 4074 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */ 4075 p_extra = p_sbr; 4076 c_extra = NUL; 4077 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr); 4078 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4079 need_showbreak = FALSE; 4080 vcol_sbr = vcol + MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); 4081 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak', 4082 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ 4083 if (tocol == vcol) 4084 tocol += n_extra; 4085 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4086 /* combine 'showbreak' with 'cursorline' */ 4087 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 4088 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 4089 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 4090 #endif 4091 } 4092 # endif 4093 } 4094 #endif 4095 4096 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 4097 { 4098 draw_state = WL_LINE; 4099 if (saved_n_extra) 4100 { 4101 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */ 4102 n_extra = saved_n_extra; 4103 c_extra = saved_c_extra; 4104 p_extra = saved_p_extra; 4105 char_attr = saved_char_attr; 4106 } 4107 else 4108 char_attr = 0; 4109 } 4110 } 4111 4112 // When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor. 4113 // When only displaying the (relative) line number and that's done, 4114 // stop here. 4115 if ((dollar_vcol >= 0 && wp == curwin 4116 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol 4117 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4118 && filler_todo <= 0 4119 #endif 4120 ) 4121 || (number_only && draw_state > WL_NR)) 4122 { 4123 screen_line(screen_row, wp->w_wincol, col, -(int)wp->w_width, 4124 HAS_RIGHTLEFT(wp->w_p_rl)); 4125 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when 4126 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */ 4127 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4128 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 4129 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height; 4130 else 4131 #endif 4132 row = wp->w_height; 4133 break; 4134 } 4135 4136 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting) 4137 { 4138 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */ 4139 if (vcol == fromcol 4140 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4141 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0 4142 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1) 4143 #endif 4144 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev 4145 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */ 4146 && vcol < tocol)) 4147 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */ 4148 else if (area_attr != 0 4149 && (vcol == tocol 4150 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 4151 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */ 4152 4153 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 4154 if (!n_extra) 4155 { 4156 /* 4157 * Check for start/end of search pattern match. 4158 * After end, check for start/end of next match. 4159 * When another match, have to check for start again. 4160 * Watch out for matching an empty string! 4161 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by 4162 * priority). 4163 */ 4164 v = (long)(ptr - line); 4165 cur = wp->w_match_head; 4166 shl_flag = FALSE; 4167 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 4168 { 4169 if (shl_flag == FALSE 4170 && ((cur != NULL 4171 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 4172 || cur == NULL)) 4173 { 4174 shl = &search_hl; 4175 shl_flag = TRUE; 4176 } 4177 else 4178 shl = &cur->hl; 4179 if (cur != NULL) 4180 cur->pos.cur = 0; 4181 pos_inprogress = TRUE; 4182 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 4183 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress)) 4184 { 4185 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL 4186 && v >= (long)shl->startcol 4187 && v < (long)shl->endcol) 4188 { 4189 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4190 int tmp_col = v + MB_PTR2LEN(ptr); 4191 4192 if (shl->endcol < tmp_col) 4193 shl->endcol = tmp_col; 4194 #endif 4195 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; 4196 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4197 if (cur != NULL && syn_name2id((char_u *)"Conceal") 4198 == cur->hlg_id) 4199 { 4200 has_match_conc = 4201 v == (long)shl->startcol ? 2 : 1; 4202 match_conc = cur->conceal_char; 4203 } 4204 else 4205 has_match_conc = match_conc = 0; 4206 #endif 4207 } 4208 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol) 4209 { 4210 shl->attr_cur = 0; 4211 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, 4212 shl == &search_hl ? NULL : cur); 4213 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 4214 ? FALSE : TRUE; 4215 4216 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp 4217 * may have made it invalid. */ 4218 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 4219 ptr = line + v; 4220 4221 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 4222 { 4223 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 4224 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0) 4225 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 4226 else 4227 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 4228 4229 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) 4230 { 4231 /* highlight empty match, try again after 4232 * it */ 4233 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4234 if (has_mbyte) 4235 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line 4236 + shl->endcol); 4237 else 4238 #endif 4239 ++shl->endcol; 4240 } 4241 4242 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the 4243 * current position */ 4244 continue; 4245 } 4246 } 4247 break; 4248 } 4249 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 4250 cur = cur->next; 4251 } 4252 4253 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among 4254 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ 4255 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur; 4256 cur = wp->w_match_head; 4257 shl_flag = FALSE; 4258 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 4259 { 4260 if (shl_flag == FALSE 4261 && ((cur != NULL 4262 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 4263 || cur == NULL)) 4264 { 4265 shl = &search_hl; 4266 shl_flag = TRUE; 4267 } 4268 else 4269 shl = &cur->hl; 4270 if (shl->attr_cur != 0) 4271 search_attr = shl->attr_cur; 4272 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 4273 cur = cur->next; 4274 } 4275 /* Only highlight one character after the last column. */ 4276 if (*ptr == NUL && (did_line_attr >= 1 4277 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one == -1))) 4278 search_attr = 0; 4279 } 4280 #endif 4281 4282 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4283 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) 4284 { 4285 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start 4286 && n_extra == 0) 4287 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 4288 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end 4289 && n_extra == 0) 4290 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 4291 line_attr = HL_ATTR(diff_hlf); 4292 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 4293 line_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 4294 } 4295 #endif 4296 4297 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */ 4298 attr_pri = TRUE; 4299 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 4300 if (area_attr != 0) 4301 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, area_attr); 4302 else if (search_attr != 0) 4303 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, search_attr); 4304 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area 4305 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */ 4306 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL) 4307 || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev 4308 || vcol >= tocol)) 4309 char_attr = line_attr; 4310 #else 4311 if (area_attr != 0) 4312 char_attr = area_attr; 4313 else if (search_attr != 0) 4314 char_attr = search_attr; 4315 #endif 4316 else 4317 { 4318 attr_pri = FALSE; 4319 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 4320 if (text_prop_type != NULL) 4321 char_attr = text_prop_attr; 4322 else 4323 #endif 4324 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4325 if (has_syntax) 4326 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4327 else 4328 #endif 4329 char_attr = 0; 4330 } 4331 } 4332 4333 /* 4334 * Get the next character to put on the screen. 4335 */ 4336 /* 4337 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to 4338 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other 4339 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used. 4340 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past 4341 * "p_extra[n_extra]". 4342 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "". 4343 */ 4344 if (n_extra > 0) 4345 { 4346 if (c_extra != NUL) 4347 { 4348 c = c_extra; 4349 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4350 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */ 4351 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4352 { 4353 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4354 u8cc[0] = 0; 4355 c = 0xc0; 4356 } 4357 else 4358 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4359 #endif 4360 } 4361 else 4362 { 4363 c = *p_extra; 4364 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4365 if (has_mbyte) 4366 { 4367 mb_c = c; 4368 if (enc_utf8) 4369 { 4370 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: 4371 * Decode it into "mb_c". */ 4372 mb_l = utfc_ptr2len(p_extra); 4373 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4374 if (mb_l > n_extra) 4375 mb_l = 1; 4376 else if (mb_l > 1) 4377 { 4378 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc); 4379 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4380 c = 0xc0; 4381 } 4382 } 4383 else 4384 { 4385 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */ 4386 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 4387 if (mb_l >= n_extra) 4388 mb_l = 1; 4389 else if (mb_l > 1) 4390 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1]; 4391 } 4392 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4393 mb_l = 1; 4394 4395 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 4396 * last column. */ 4397 if (( 4398 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4399 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 4400 # endif 4401 (col >= wp->w_width - 1)) 4402 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 4403 { 4404 c = '>'; 4405 mb_c = c; 4406 mb_l = 1; 4407 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4408 multi_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4409 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width 4410 * character at the start of the next line. */ 4411 ++n_extra; 4412 --p_extra; 4413 } 4414 else 4415 { 4416 n_extra -= mb_l - 1; 4417 p_extra += mb_l - 1; 4418 } 4419 } 4420 #endif 4421 ++p_extra; 4422 } 4423 --n_extra; 4424 } 4425 else 4426 { 4427 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4428 int c0; 4429 #endif 4430 4431 if (p_extra_free != NULL) 4432 VIM_CLEAR(p_extra_free); 4433 /* 4434 * Get a character from the line itself. 4435 */ 4436 c = *ptr; 4437 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4438 c0 = *ptr; 4439 #endif 4440 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4441 if (has_mbyte) 4442 { 4443 mb_c = c; 4444 if (enc_utf8) 4445 { 4446 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it 4447 * into "mb_c". */ 4448 mb_l = utfc_ptr2len(ptr); 4449 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4450 if (mb_l > 1) 4451 { 4452 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); 4453 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char 4454 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */ 4455 if (mb_c < 0x80) 4456 { 4457 c = mb_c; 4458 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4459 c0 = mb_c; 4460 # endif 4461 } 4462 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4463 4464 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char. 4465 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */ 4466 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c)) 4467 { 4468 int i; 4469 4470 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i) 4471 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1]; 4472 u8cc[0] = mb_c; 4473 mb_c = ' '; 4474 } 4475 } 4476 4477 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80) 4478 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0) 4479 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c) 4480 # ifdef UNICODE16 4481 || mb_c >= 0x10000 4482 # endif 4483 ))) 4484 { 4485 /* 4486 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>. 4487 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?. 4488 */ 4489 # ifdef UNICODE16 4490 if (mb_c < 0x10000) 4491 # endif 4492 { 4493 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c); 4494 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4495 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */ 4496 rl_mirror(extra); 4497 # endif 4498 } 4499 # ifdef UNICODE16 4500 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2) 4501 STRCPY(extra, "?"); 4502 else 4503 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */ 4504 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237"); 4505 # endif 4506 4507 p_extra = extra; 4508 c = *p_extra; 4509 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra); 4510 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80); 4511 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); 4512 c_extra = NUL; 4513 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4514 { 4515 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4516 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4517 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4518 } 4519 } 4520 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4521 mb_l = 1; 4522 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 4523 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c)) 4524 { 4525 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 4526 int pc, pc1, nc; 4527 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 4528 4529 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 4530 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 4531 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4532 { 4533 pc = prev_c; 4534 pc1 = prev_c1; 4535 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l); 4536 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; 4537 } 4538 else 4539 { 4540 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc); 4541 nc = prev_c; 4542 pc1 = pcc[0]; 4543 } 4544 prev_c = mb_c; 4545 4546 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc); 4547 } 4548 else 4549 prev_c = mb_c; 4550 #endif 4551 } 4552 else /* enc_dbcs */ 4553 { 4554 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 4555 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4556 mb_l = 1; 4557 else if (mb_l > 1) 4558 { 4559 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal. 4560 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings! 4561 */ 4562 if (ptr[1] >= 32) 4563 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1]; 4564 else 4565 { 4566 if (ptr[1] == NUL) 4567 { 4568 /* head byte at end of line */ 4569 mb_l = 1; 4570 transchar_nonprint(extra, c); 4571 } 4572 else 4573 { 4574 /* illegal tail byte */ 4575 mb_l = 2; 4576 STRCPY(extra, "XX"); 4577 } 4578 p_extra = extra; 4579 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1; 4580 c_extra = NUL; 4581 c = *p_extra++; 4582 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4583 { 4584 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4585 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4586 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4587 } 4588 mb_c = c; 4589 } 4590 } 4591 } 4592 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 4593 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the 4594 * next line. */ 4595 if (( 4596 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4597 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 4598 # endif 4599 (col >= wp->w_width - 1)) 4600 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 4601 { 4602 c = '>'; 4603 mb_c = c; 4604 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4605 mb_l = 1; 4606 multi_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4607 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be 4608 * displayed at the start of the next line. */ 4609 --ptr; 4610 } 4611 else if (*ptr != NUL) 4612 ptr += mb_l - 1; 4613 4614 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display 4615 * a '<' in the first column. Don't do this for unprintable 4616 * characters. */ 4617 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1 && n_extra == 0) 4618 { 4619 n_extra = 1; 4620 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; 4621 c = ' '; 4622 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4623 { 4624 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4625 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4626 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4627 } 4628 mb_c = c; 4629 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4630 mb_l = 1; 4631 } 4632 4633 } 4634 #endif 4635 ++ptr; 4636 4637 if (extra_check) 4638 { 4639 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4640 int can_spell = TRUE; 4641 #endif 4642 4643 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 4644 if (get_term_attr) 4645 { 4646 syntax_attr = term_get_attr(wp->w_buffer, lnum, vcol); 4647 4648 if (!attr_pri) 4649 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4650 else 4651 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); 4652 } 4653 #endif 4654 4655 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4656 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line 4657 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */ 4658 v = (long)(ptr - line); 4659 if (has_syntax && v > 0) 4660 { 4661 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there 4662 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */ 4663 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 4664 did_emsg = FALSE; 4665 4666 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1, 4667 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4668 has_spell ? &can_spell : 4669 # endif 4670 NULL, FALSE); 4671 4672 if (did_emsg) 4673 { 4674 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; 4675 has_syntax = FALSE; 4676 } 4677 else 4678 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 4679 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 4680 if (wp->w_s->b_syn_slow) 4681 has_syntax = FALSE; 4682 #endif 4683 4684 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may 4685 * have made it invalid. */ 4686 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 4687 ptr = line + v; 4688 4689 if (!attr_pri) 4690 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4691 else 4692 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); 4693 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4694 /* no concealing past the end of the line, it interferes 4695 * with line highlighting */ 4696 if (c == NUL) 4697 syntax_flags = 0; 4698 else 4699 syntax_flags = get_syntax_info(&syntax_seqnr); 4700 # endif 4701 } 4702 #endif 4703 4704 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 4705 if (text_props != NULL) 4706 { 4707 int pi; 4708 4709 // Check if any active property ends. 4710 for (pi = 0; pi < text_props_active; ++pi) 4711 { 4712 int tpi = text_prop_idxs[pi]; 4713 4714 if (col >= text_props[tpi].tp_col - 1 4715 + text_props[tpi].tp_len) 4716 { 4717 if (pi + 1 < text_props_active) 4718 mch_memmove(text_prop_idxs + pi, 4719 text_prop_idxs + pi + 1, 4720 sizeof(int) 4721 * (text_props_active - (pi + 1))); 4722 --text_props_active; 4723 --pi; 4724 } 4725 } 4726 4727 // Add any text property that starts in this column. 4728 while (text_prop_next < text_prop_count 4729 && col >= text_props[text_prop_next].tp_col - 1) 4730 text_prop_idxs[text_props_active++] = text_prop_next++; 4731 4732 text_prop_type = NULL; 4733 if (text_props_active > 0) 4734 { 4735 int max_priority = INT_MIN; 4736 int max_col = 0; 4737 4738 // Get the property type with the highest priority 4739 // and/or starting last. 4740 for (pi = 0; pi < text_props_active; ++pi) 4741 { 4742 int tpi = text_prop_idxs[pi]; 4743 proptype_T *pt; 4744 4745 pt = text_prop_type_by_id( 4746 curwin->w_buffer, text_props[tpi].tp_type); 4747 if (pt != NULL 4748 && (pt->pt_priority > max_priority 4749 || (pt->pt_priority == max_priority 4750 && text_props[tpi].tp_col >= max_col))) 4751 { 4752 text_prop_type = pt; 4753 max_priority = pt->pt_priority; 4754 max_col = text_props[tpi].tp_col; 4755 } 4756 } 4757 if (text_prop_type != NULL) 4758 text_prop_attr = 4759 syn_id2attr(text_prop_type->pt_hl_id); 4760 } 4761 } 4762 #endif 4763 4764 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4765 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line). 4766 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the 4767 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item 4768 * contains the @Spell cluster. */ 4769 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col) 4770 { 4771 spell_attr = 0; 4772 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4773 if (!attr_pri) 4774 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4775 # endif 4776 if (c != 0 && ( 4777 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4778 !has_syntax || 4779 # endif 4780 can_spell)) 4781 { 4782 char_u *prev_ptr, *p; 4783 int len; 4784 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 4785 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4786 if (has_mbyte) 4787 { 4788 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l; 4789 v -= mb_l - 1; 4790 } 4791 else 4792 # endif 4793 prev_ptr = ptr - 1; 4794 4795 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the 4796 * next line concatenated. */ 4797 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0) 4798 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol; 4799 else 4800 p = prev_ptr; 4801 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line); 4802 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col, 4803 nochange); 4804 word_end = v + len; 4805 4806 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that 4807 * doesn't touch the cursor. */ 4808 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT 4809 && (State & INSERT) != 0 4810 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum 4811 && wp->w_cursor.col >= 4812 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line) 4813 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end) 4814 { 4815 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 4816 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum; 4817 } 4818 4819 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr 4820 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx) 4821 { 4822 /* Remember that the good word continues at the 4823 * start of the next line. */ 4824 checked_lnum = lnum + 1; 4825 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx); 4826 } 4827 4828 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ 4829 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) 4830 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; 4831 4832 if (cap_col > 0) 4833 { 4834 if (p != prev_ptr 4835 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx) 4836 { 4837 /* Remember that the word in the next line 4838 * must start with a capital. */ 4839 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 4840 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col 4841 - nextline_idx); 4842 } 4843 else 4844 /* Compute the actual column. */ 4845 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line); 4846 } 4847 } 4848 } 4849 if (spell_attr != 0) 4850 { 4851 if (!attr_pri) 4852 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr); 4853 else 4854 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr); 4855 } 4856 #endif 4857 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4858 /* 4859 * Found last space before word: check for line break. 4860 */ 4861 if (wp->w_p_lbr && c0 == c 4862 && VIM_ISBREAK(c) && !VIM_ISBREAK((int)*ptr)) 4863 { 4864 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4865 int mb_off = has_mbyte ? (*mb_head_off)(line, ptr - 1) : 0; 4866 # endif 4867 char_u *p = ptr - ( 4868 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4869 mb_off + 4870 # endif 4871 1); 4872 4873 /* TODO: is passing p for start of the line OK? */ 4874 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, p, (colnr_T)vcol, 4875 NULL) - 1; 4876 if (c == TAB && n_extra + col > wp->w_width) 4877 # ifdef FEAT_VARTABS 4878 n_extra = tabstop_padding(vcol, wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts, 4879 wp->w_buffer->b_p_vts_array) - 1; 4880 # else 4881 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts 4882 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; 4883 # endif 4884 4885 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4886 c_extra = mb_off > 0 ? MB_FILLER_CHAR : ' '; 4887 # else 4888 c_extra = ' '; 4889 # endif 4890 if (VIM_ISWHITE(c)) 4891 { 4892 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4893 if (c == TAB) 4894 /* See "Tab alignment" below. */ 4895 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; 4896 #endif 4897 if (!wp->w_p_list) 4898 c = ' '; 4899 } 4900 } 4901 #endif 4902 4903 /* 'list': change char 160 to lcs_nbsp and space to lcs_space. 4904 */ 4905 if (wp->w_p_list 4906 && (((c == 160 4907 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4908 || (mb_utf8 && (mb_c == 160 || mb_c == 0x202f)) 4909 #endif 4910 ) && lcs_nbsp) 4911 || (c == ' ' && lcs_space && ptr - line <= trailcol))) 4912 { 4913 c = (c == ' ') ? lcs_space : lcs_nbsp; 4914 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4915 { 4916 n_attr = 1; 4917 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4918 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4919 } 4920 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4921 mb_c = c; 4922 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4923 { 4924 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4925 u8cc[0] = 0; 4926 c = 0xc0; 4927 } 4928 else 4929 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4930 #endif 4931 } 4932 4933 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ') 4934 { 4935 c = lcs_trail; 4936 if (!attr_pri) 4937 { 4938 n_attr = 1; 4939 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4940 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4941 } 4942 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4943 mb_c = c; 4944 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4945 { 4946 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4947 u8cc[0] = 0; 4948 c = 0xc0; 4949 } 4950 else 4951 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4952 #endif 4953 } 4954 } 4955 4956 /* 4957 * Handling of non-printable characters. 4958 */ 4959 if (!vim_isprintc(c)) 4960 { 4961 /* 4962 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to 4963 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it 4964 * into "ScreenLines". 4965 */ 4966 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) 4967 { 4968 int tab_len = 0; 4969 long vcol_adjusted = vcol; /* removed showbreak length */ 4970 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4971 /* only adjust the tab_len, when at the first column 4972 * after the showbreak value was drawn */ 4973 if (*p_sbr != NUL && vcol == vcol_sbr && wp->w_p_wrap) 4974 vcol_adjusted = vcol - MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); 4975 #endif 4976 /* tab amount depends on current column */ 4977 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS 4978 tab_len = tabstop_padding(vcol_adjusted, 4979 wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts, 4980 wp->w_buffer->b_p_vts_array) - 1; 4981 #else 4982 tab_len = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts 4983 - vcol_adjusted % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; 4984 #endif 4985 4986 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4987 if (!wp->w_p_lbr || !wp->w_p_list) 4988 #endif 4989 /* tab amount depends on current column */ 4990 n_extra = tab_len; 4991 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4992 else 4993 { 4994 char_u *p; 4995 int len = n_extra; 4996 int i; 4997 int saved_nextra = n_extra; 4998 4999 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5000 if (vcol_off > 0) 5001 /* there are characters to conceal */ 5002 tab_len += vcol_off; 5003 /* boguscols before FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS macro from above 5004 */ 5005 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 && old_boguscols > 0 5006 && n_extra > tab_len) 5007 tab_len += n_extra - tab_len; 5008 #endif 5009 5010 /* if n_extra > 0, it gives the number of chars, to 5011 * use for a tab, else we need to calculate the width 5012 * for a tab */ 5013 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5014 len = (tab_len * mb_char2len(lcs_tab2)); 5015 if (n_extra > 0) 5016 len += n_extra - tab_len; 5017 #endif 5018 c = lcs_tab1; 5019 p = alloc((unsigned)(len + 1)); 5020 vim_memset(p, ' ', len); 5021 p[len] = NUL; 5022 vim_free(p_extra_free); 5023 p_extra_free = p; 5024 for (i = 0; i < tab_len; i++) 5025 { 5026 if (*p == NUL) 5027 { 5028 tab_len = i; 5029 break; 5030 } 5031 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5032 mb_char2bytes(lcs_tab2, p); 5033 p += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2); 5034 n_extra += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2) 5035 - (saved_nextra > 0 ? 1 : 0); 5036 #else 5037 p[i] = lcs_tab2; 5038 #endif 5039 } 5040 p_extra = p_extra_free; 5041 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5042 /* n_extra will be increased by FIX_FOX_BOGUSCOLS 5043 * macro below, so need to adjust for that here */ 5044 if (vcol_off > 0) 5045 n_extra -= vcol_off; 5046 #endif 5047 } 5048 #endif 5049 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5050 { 5051 int vc_saved = vcol_off; 5052 5053 /* Tab alignment should be identical regardless of 5054 * 'conceallevel' value. So tab compensates of all 5055 * previous concealed characters, and thus resets 5056 * vcol_off and boguscols accumulated so far in the 5057 * line. Note that the tab can be longer than 5058 * 'tabstop' when there are concealed characters. */ 5059 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; 5060 5061 /* Make sure, the highlighting for the tab char will be 5062 * correctly set further below (effectively reverts the 5063 * FIX_FOR_BOGSUCOLS macro */ 5064 if (n_extra == tab_len + vc_saved && wp->w_p_list 5065 && lcs_tab1) 5066 tab_len += vc_saved; 5067 } 5068 #endif 5069 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5070 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5071 #endif 5072 if (wp->w_p_list) 5073 { 5074 c = lcs_tab1; 5075 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 5076 if (wp->w_p_lbr) 5077 c_extra = NUL; /* using p_extra from above */ 5078 else 5079 #endif 5080 c_extra = lcs_tab2; 5081 n_attr = tab_len + 1; 5082 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 5083 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 5084 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5085 mb_c = c; 5086 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 5087 { 5088 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5089 u8cc[0] = 0; 5090 c = 0xc0; 5091 } 5092 #endif 5093 } 5094 else 5095 { 5096 c_extra = ' '; 5097 c = ' '; 5098 } 5099 } 5100 else if (c == NUL 5101 && (wp->w_p_list 5102 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0) 5103 && tocol > vcol 5104 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V 5105 && ( 5106 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5107 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 5108 # endif 5109 (col < wp->w_width)) 5110 && !(noinvcur 5111 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 5112 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 5113 && lcs_eol_one > 0) 5114 { 5115 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra 5116 * character if the line break is included. */ 5117 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR) 5118 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the 5119 * "$". */ 5120 if ( 5121 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5122 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 5123 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 5124 && 5125 # endif 5126 # endif 5127 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 5128 line_attr == 0 5129 # endif 5130 ) 5131 #endif 5132 { 5133 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 5134 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend 5135 * beyond end of line. */ 5136 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active() 5137 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol) 5138 n_extra = 0; 5139 else 5140 #endif 5141 { 5142 p_extra = at_end_str; 5143 n_extra = 1; 5144 c_extra = NUL; 5145 } 5146 } 5147 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0) 5148 c = lcs_eol; 5149 else 5150 c = ' '; 5151 lcs_eol_one = -1; 5152 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 5153 if (!attr_pri) 5154 { 5155 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 5156 n_attr = 1; 5157 } 5158 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5159 mb_c = c; 5160 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 5161 { 5162 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5163 u8cc[0] = 0; 5164 c = 0xc0; 5165 } 5166 else 5167 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5168 #endif 5169 } 5170 else if (c != NUL) 5171 { 5172 p_extra = transchar(c); 5173 if (n_extra == 0) 5174 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; 5175 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5176 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl) 5177 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */ 5178 #endif 5179 c_extra = NUL; 5180 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 5181 if (wp->w_p_lbr) 5182 { 5183 char_u *p; 5184 5185 c = *p_extra; 5186 p = alloc((unsigned)n_extra + 1); 5187 vim_memset(p, ' ', n_extra); 5188 STRNCPY(p, p_extra + 1, STRLEN(p_extra) - 1); 5189 p[n_extra] = NUL; 5190 vim_free(p_extra_free); 5191 p_extra_free = p_extra = p; 5192 } 5193 else 5194 #endif 5195 { 5196 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; 5197 c = *p_extra++; 5198 } 5199 if (!attr_pri) 5200 { 5201 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 5202 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 5203 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 5204 } 5205 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5206 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5207 #endif 5208 } 5209 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 5210 else if (VIsual_active 5211 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V 5212 || VIsual_mode == 'v') 5213 && virtual_active() 5214 && tocol != MAXCOL 5215 && vcol < tocol 5216 && ( 5217 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5218 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 5219 # endif 5220 (col < wp->w_width))) 5221 { 5222 c = ' '; 5223 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 5224 } 5225 #endif 5226 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5227 else if (( 5228 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5229 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 || 5230 # endif 5231 # ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 5232 term_attr != 0 || 5233 # endif 5234 line_attr != 0 5235 ) && ( 5236 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5237 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 5238 # endif 5239 (col 5240 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5241 - boguscols 5242 # endif 5243 < wp->w_width))) 5244 { 5245 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */ 5246 c = ' '; 5247 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 5248 5249 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */ 5250 ++did_line_attr; 5251 5252 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */ 5253 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr 5254 && (did_line_attr > 1 5255 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0))) 5256 char_attr = line_attr; 5257 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5258 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD) 5259 { 5260 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; 5261 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr) 5262 { 5263 char_attr = HL_ATTR(diff_hlf); 5264 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5265 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 5266 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 5267 } 5268 } 5269 # endif 5270 # ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 5271 if (term_attr != 0) 5272 { 5273 char_attr = term_attr; 5274 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5275 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 5276 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 5277 } 5278 # endif 5279 } 5280 #endif 5281 } 5282 5283 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5284 if ( wp->w_p_cole > 0 5285 && (wp != curwin || lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum || 5286 conceal_cursor_line(wp) ) 5287 && ( (syntax_flags & HL_CONCEAL) != 0 || has_match_conc > 0) 5288 && !(lnum_in_visual_area 5289 && vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, 'v') == NULL)) 5290 { 5291 char_attr = conceal_attr; 5292 if ((prev_syntax_id != syntax_seqnr || has_match_conc > 1) 5293 && (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL || match_conc 5294 || wp->w_p_cole == 1) 5295 && wp->w_p_cole != 3) 5296 { 5297 /* First time at this concealed item: display one 5298 * character. */ 5299 if (match_conc) 5300 c = match_conc; 5301 else if (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL) 5302 c = syn_get_sub_char(); 5303 else if (lcs_conceal != NUL) 5304 c = lcs_conceal; 5305 else 5306 c = ' '; 5307 5308 prev_syntax_id = syntax_seqnr; 5309 5310 if (n_extra > 0) 5311 vcol_off += n_extra; 5312 vcol += n_extra; 5313 if (wp->w_p_wrap && n_extra > 0) 5314 { 5315 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5316 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5317 { 5318 col -= n_extra; 5319 boguscols -= n_extra; 5320 } 5321 else 5322 # endif 5323 { 5324 boguscols += n_extra; 5325 col += n_extra; 5326 } 5327 } 5328 n_extra = 0; 5329 n_attr = 0; 5330 } 5331 else if (n_skip == 0) 5332 { 5333 is_concealing = TRUE; 5334 n_skip = 1; 5335 } 5336 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5337 mb_c = c; 5338 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 5339 { 5340 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5341 u8cc[0] = 0; 5342 c = 0xc0; 5343 } 5344 else 5345 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5346 # endif 5347 } 5348 else 5349 { 5350 prev_syntax_id = 0; 5351 is_concealing = FALSE; 5352 } 5353 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ 5354 } 5355 5356 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5357 /* In the cursor line and we may be concealing characters: correct 5358 * the cursor column when we reach its position. */ 5359 if (!did_wcol && draw_state == WL_LINE 5360 && wp == curwin && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 5361 && conceal_cursor_line(wp) 5362 && (int)wp->w_virtcol <= vcol + n_skip) 5363 { 5364 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5365 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5366 wp->w_wcol = wp->w_width - col + boguscols - 1; 5367 else 5368 # endif 5369 wp->w_wcol = col - boguscols; 5370 wp->w_wrow = row; 5371 did_wcol = TRUE; 5372 } 5373 #endif 5374 5375 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */ 5376 if (n_attr > 0 5377 && draw_state == WL_LINE 5378 && !attr_pri) 5379 char_attr = extra_attr; 5380 5381 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 5382 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send 5383 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use 5384 * im_is_preediting() here. */ 5385 if (p_imst == IM_ON_THE_SPOT 5386 && xic != NULL 5387 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 5388 && (State & INSERT) 5389 && !p_imdisable 5390 && im_is_preediting() 5391 && draw_state == WL_LINE) 5392 { 5393 colnr_T tcol; 5394 5395 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL) 5396 getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL); 5397 else 5398 tcol = preedit_end_col; 5399 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol) 5400 { 5401 if (feedback_old_attr < 0) 5402 { 5403 feedback_col = 0; 5404 feedback_old_attr = char_attr; 5405 } 5406 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col); 5407 if (char_attr < 0) 5408 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 5409 feedback_col++; 5410 } 5411 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0) 5412 { 5413 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 5414 feedback_old_attr = -1; 5415 feedback_col = 0; 5416 } 5417 } 5418 #endif 5419 /* 5420 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first 5421 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a 5422 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>". 5423 */ 5424 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL 5425 && wp->w_p_list 5426 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0) 5427 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5428 && filler_todo <= 0 5429 #endif 5430 && draw_state > WL_NR 5431 && c != NUL) 5432 { 5433 c = lcs_prec; 5434 lcs_prec_todo = NUL; 5435 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5436 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5437 { 5438 /* Double-width character being overwritten by the "precedes" 5439 * character, need to fill up half the character. */ 5440 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; 5441 n_extra = 1; 5442 n_attr = 2; 5443 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 5444 } 5445 mb_c = c; 5446 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 5447 { 5448 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5449 u8cc[0] = 0; 5450 c = 0xc0; 5451 } 5452 else 5453 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5454 #endif 5455 if (!attr_pri) 5456 { 5457 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 5458 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */ 5459 n_attr3 = 1; 5460 } 5461 } 5462 5463 /* 5464 * At end of the text line or just after the last character. 5465 */ 5466 if (c == NUL 5467 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5468 || did_line_attr == 1 5469 #endif 5470 ) 5471 { 5472 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5473 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL); 5474 5475 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */ 5476 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol) 5477 ++prevcol; 5478 #endif 5479 5480 /* Invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or 5481 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last 5482 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not 5483 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */ 5484 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5485 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE; 5486 if (!search_hl.is_addpos && prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol) 5487 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; 5488 else 5489 { 5490 cur = wp->w_match_head; 5491 while (cur != NULL) 5492 { 5493 if (!cur->hl.is_addpos && prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol) 5494 { 5495 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; 5496 break; 5497 } 5498 cur = cur->next; 5499 } 5500 } 5501 #endif 5502 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one 5503 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol 5504 && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V 5505 || lnum == VIsual.lnum 5506 || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 5507 && c == NUL) 5508 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5509 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */ 5510 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE 5511 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5512 && !(wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 5513 && !(wp == curwin && VIsual_active)) 5514 # endif 5515 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5516 && diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 5517 # endif 5518 # if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5519 && did_line_attr <= 1 5520 # endif 5521 ) 5522 #endif 5523 )) 5524 { 5525 int n = 0; 5526 5527 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5528 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5529 { 5530 if (col < 0) 5531 n = 1; 5532 } 5533 else 5534 #endif 5535 { 5536 if (col >= wp->w_width) 5537 n = -1; 5538 } 5539 if (n != 0) 5540 { 5541 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character 5542 * instead (better than nothing). */ 5543 off += n; 5544 col += n; 5545 } 5546 else 5547 { 5548 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */ 5549 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 5550 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5551 if (enc_utf8) 5552 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5553 #endif 5554 } 5555 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5556 if (area_attr == 0) 5557 { 5558 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among 5559 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ 5560 char_attr = search_hl.attr; 5561 cur = wp->w_match_head; 5562 shl_flag = FALSE; 5563 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 5564 { 5565 if (shl_flag == FALSE 5566 && ((cur != NULL 5567 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 5568 || cur == NULL)) 5569 { 5570 shl = &search_hl; 5571 shl_flag = TRUE; 5572 } 5573 else 5574 shl = &cur->hl; 5575 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol 5576 && (shl == &search_hl || !shl->is_addpos)) 5577 char_attr = shl->attr; 5578 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 5579 cur = cur->next; 5580 } 5581 } 5582 #endif 5583 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 5584 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5585 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5586 { 5587 --col; 5588 --off; 5589 } 5590 else 5591 #endif 5592 { 5593 ++col; 5594 ++off; 5595 } 5596 ++vcol; 5597 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5598 eol_hl_off = 1; 5599 #endif 5600 } 5601 } 5602 5603 /* 5604 * At end of the text line. 5605 */ 5606 if (c == NUL) 5607 { 5608 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5609 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' & 'colorcolumn' past end of the line. */ 5610 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 5611 v = wp->w_skipcol; 5612 else 5613 v = wp->w_leftcol; 5614 5615 /* check if line ends before left margin */ 5616 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp)) 5617 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp); 5618 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5619 /* Get rid of the boguscols now, we want to draw until the right 5620 * edge for 'cursorcolumn'. */ 5621 col -= boguscols; 5622 boguscols = 0; 5623 #endif 5624 5625 if (draw_color_col) 5626 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 5627 5628 if (((wp->w_p_cuc 5629 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= VCOL_HLC - eol_hl_off 5630 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < 5631 wp->w_width * (row - startrow + 1) + v 5632 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5633 || draw_color_col) 5634 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5635 && !wp->w_p_rl 5636 # endif 5637 ) 5638 { 5639 int rightmost_vcol = 0; 5640 int i; 5641 5642 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 5643 rightmost_vcol = wp->w_virtcol; 5644 if (draw_color_col) 5645 /* determine rightmost colorcolumn to possibly draw */ 5646 for (i = 0; color_cols[i] >= 0; ++i) 5647 if (rightmost_vcol < color_cols[i]) 5648 rightmost_vcol = color_cols[i]; 5649 5650 while (col < wp->w_width) 5651 { 5652 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 5653 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5654 if (enc_utf8) 5655 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5656 #endif 5657 ++col; 5658 if (draw_color_col) 5659 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, 5660 &color_cols); 5661 5662 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol) 5663 ScreenAttrs[off++] = HL_ATTR(HLF_CUC); 5664 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) 5665 ScreenAttrs[off++] = HL_ATTR(HLF_MC); 5666 else 5667 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0; 5668 5669 if (VCOL_HLC >= rightmost_vcol) 5670 break; 5671 5672 ++vcol; 5673 } 5674 } 5675 #endif 5676 5677 screen_line(screen_row, wp->w_wincol, col, 5678 (int)wp->w_width, HAS_RIGHTLEFT(wp->w_p_rl)); 5679 row++; 5680 5681 /* 5682 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 5683 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 5684 */ 5685 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 5686 { 5687 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow; 5688 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow; 5689 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 5690 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE; 5691 #endif 5692 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 5693 } 5694 5695 break; 5696 } 5697 5698 /* line continues beyond line end */ 5699 if (lcs_ext 5700 && !wp->w_p_wrap 5701 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5702 && filler_todo <= 0 5703 #endif 5704 && ( 5705 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5706 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 : 5707 #endif 5708 col == wp->w_width - 1) 5709 && (*ptr != NUL 5710 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0) 5711 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))) 5712 { 5713 c = lcs_ext; 5714 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 5715 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5716 mb_c = c; 5717 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 5718 { 5719 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5720 u8cc[0] = 0; 5721 c = 0xc0; 5722 } 5723 else 5724 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 5725 #endif 5726 } 5727 5728 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5729 /* advance to the next 'colorcolumn' */ 5730 if (draw_color_col) 5731 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 5732 5733 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't 5734 * highlight the cursor position itself. 5735 * Also highlight the 'colorcolumn' if it is different than 5736 * 'cursorcolumn' */ 5737 vcol_save_attr = -1; 5738 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && !lnum_in_visual_area 5739 && search_attr == 0 && area_attr == 0) 5740 { 5741 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol 5742 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5743 { 5744 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; 5745 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_CUC)); 5746 } 5747 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) 5748 { 5749 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; 5750 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_MC)); 5751 } 5752 } 5753 #endif 5754 5755 /* 5756 * Store character to be displayed. 5757 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'. 5758 */ 5759 vcol_prev = vcol; 5760 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0) 5761 { 5762 /* 5763 * Store the character. 5764 */ 5765 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 5766 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5767 { 5768 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */ 5769 --off; 5770 --col; 5771 } 5772 #endif 5773 ScreenLines[off] = c; 5774 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5775 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 5776 { 5777 if ((mb_c & 0xff00) == 0x8e00) 5778 ScreenLines[off] = 0x8e; 5779 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 5780 } 5781 else if (enc_utf8) 5782 { 5783 if (mb_utf8) 5784 { 5785 int i; 5786 5787 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c; 5788 if ((c & 0xff) == 0) 5789 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ 5790 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 5791 { 5792 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; 5793 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 5794 break; 5795 } 5796 } 5797 else 5798 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5799 } 5800 if (multi_attr) 5801 { 5802 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr; 5803 multi_attr = 0; 5804 } 5805 else 5806 #endif 5807 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 5808 5809 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5810 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5811 { 5812 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ 5813 ++off; 5814 ++col; 5815 if (enc_utf8) 5816 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */ 5817 ScreenLines[off] = 0; 5818 else 5819 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */ 5820 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 5821 if (draw_state > WL_NR 5822 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5823 && filler_todo <= 0 5824 #endif 5825 ) 5826 ++vcol; 5827 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of 5828 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */ 5829 if (tocol == vcol) 5830 ++tocol; 5831 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5832 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5833 { 5834 /* now it's time to backup one cell */ 5835 --off; 5836 --col; 5837 } 5838 #endif 5839 } 5840 #endif 5841 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5842 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5843 { 5844 --off; 5845 --col; 5846 } 5847 else 5848 #endif 5849 { 5850 ++off; 5851 ++col; 5852 } 5853 } 5854 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5855 else if (wp->w_p_cole > 0 && is_concealing) 5856 { 5857 --n_skip; 5858 ++vcol_off; 5859 if (n_extra > 0) 5860 vcol_off += n_extra; 5861 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 5862 { 5863 /* 5864 * Special voodoo required if 'wrap' is on. 5865 * 5866 * Advance the column indicator to force the line 5867 * drawing to wrap early. This will make the line 5868 * take up the same screen space when parts are concealed, 5869 * so that cursor line computations aren't messed up. 5870 * 5871 * To avoid the fictitious advance of 'col' causing 5872 * trailing junk to be written out of the screen line 5873 * we are building, 'boguscols' keeps track of the number 5874 * of bad columns we have advanced. 5875 */ 5876 if (n_extra > 0) 5877 { 5878 vcol += n_extra; 5879 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5880 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5881 { 5882 col -= n_extra; 5883 boguscols -= n_extra; 5884 } 5885 else 5886 # endif 5887 { 5888 col += n_extra; 5889 boguscols += n_extra; 5890 } 5891 n_extra = 0; 5892 n_attr = 0; 5893 } 5894 5895 5896 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5897 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5898 { 5899 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ 5900 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5901 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5902 { 5903 --boguscols; 5904 --col; 5905 } 5906 else 5907 # endif 5908 { 5909 ++boguscols; 5910 ++col; 5911 } 5912 } 5913 # endif 5914 5915 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5916 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5917 { 5918 --boguscols; 5919 --col; 5920 } 5921 else 5922 # endif 5923 { 5924 ++boguscols; 5925 ++col; 5926 } 5927 } 5928 else 5929 { 5930 if (n_extra > 0) 5931 { 5932 vcol += n_extra; 5933 n_extra = 0; 5934 n_attr = 0; 5935 } 5936 } 5937 5938 } 5939 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ 5940 else 5941 --n_skip; 5942 5943 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' or 'relativenumber' 5944 * column. */ 5945 if (draw_state > WL_NR 5946 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5947 && filler_todo <= 0 5948 #endif 5949 ) 5950 ++vcol; 5951 5952 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5953 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0) 5954 char_attr = vcol_save_attr; 5955 #endif 5956 5957 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */ 5958 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0) 5959 char_attr = saved_attr3; 5960 5961 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */ 5962 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0) 5963 char_attr = saved_attr2; 5964 5965 /* 5966 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line 5967 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above. 5968 */ 5969 if (( 5970 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5971 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) : 5972 #endif 5973 (col >= wp->w_width)) 5974 && (*ptr != NUL 5975 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5976 || filler_todo > 0 5977 #endif 5978 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str) 5979 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))) 5980 ) 5981 { 5982 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5983 screen_line(screen_row, wp->w_wincol, col - boguscols, 5984 (int)wp->w_width, HAS_RIGHTLEFT(wp->w_p_rl)); 5985 boguscols = 0; 5986 #else 5987 screen_line(screen_row, wp->w_wincol, col, 5988 (int)wp->w_width, HAS_RIGHTLEFT(wp->w_p_rl)); 5989 #endif 5990 ++row; 5991 ++screen_row; 5992 5993 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed 5994 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */ 5995 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap 5996 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5997 && filler_todo <= 0 5998 #endif 5999 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1) 6000 break; 6001 6002 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */ 6003 if (draw_state != WL_LINE 6004 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 6005 && filler_todo <= 0 6006 #endif 6007 ) 6008 { 6009 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 6010 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 6011 row = endrow; 6012 } 6013 6014 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */ 6015 if (row == endrow) 6016 { 6017 ++row; 6018 break; 6019 } 6020 6021 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1 6022 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 6023 && filler_todo <= 0 6024 #endif 6025 && wp->w_width == Columns) 6026 { 6027 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */ 6028 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE; 6029 6030 /* 6031 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with 6032 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of 6033 * the line. This will work with all terminal types 6034 * (regardless of the xn,am settings). 6035 * Only do this on a fast tty. 6036 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line 6037 * (something has been written in it). 6038 * Don't do this for the GUI. 6039 * Don't do this for double-width characters. 6040 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border. 6041 */ 6042 if (p_tf 6043 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6044 && !gui.in_use 6045 #endif 6046 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6047 && !(has_mbyte 6048 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row], 6049 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) 6050 == 2 6051 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 6052 + (int)Columns - 2, 6053 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) 6054 == 2)) 6055 #endif 6056 ) 6057 { 6058 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line, 6059 * then output the same character again to let the 6060 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't 6061 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */ 6062 if (screen_cur_col != wp->w_width) 6063 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 6064 + (unsigned)Columns - 1, 6065 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1)); 6066 6067 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6068 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a 6069 * space to keep it simple. */ 6070 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[ 6071 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1) 6072 out_char(' '); 6073 else 6074 #endif 6075 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 6076 + (Columns - 1)]); 6077 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */ 6078 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1; 6079 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 6080 } 6081 } 6082 6083 col = 0; 6084 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 6085 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6086 if (wp->w_p_rl) 6087 { 6088 col = wp->w_width - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */ 6089 off += col; 6090 } 6091 #endif 6092 6093 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */ 6094 draw_state = WL_START; 6095 saved_n_extra = n_extra; 6096 saved_p_extra = p_extra; 6097 saved_c_extra = c_extra; 6098 saved_char_attr = char_attr; 6099 n_extra = 0; 6100 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; 6101 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 6102 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 6103 if (filler_todo <= 0) 6104 # endif 6105 need_showbreak = TRUE; 6106 #endif 6107 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 6108 --filler_todo; 6109 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the 6110 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */ 6111 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill) 6112 break; 6113 #endif 6114 } 6115 6116 } /* for every character in the line */ 6117 6118 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 6119 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */ 6120 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL) 6121 { 6122 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 6123 cap_col = 0; 6124 } 6125 #endif 6126 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP 6127 vim_free(text_props); 6128 vim_free(text_prop_idxs); 6129 #endif 6130 6131 vim_free(p_extra_free); 6132 return row; 6133 } 6134 6135 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6136 /* 6137 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ. 6138 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0. 6139 */ 6140 static int 6141 comp_char_differs(int off_from, int off_to) 6142 { 6143 int i; 6144 6145 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 6146 { 6147 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to]) 6148 return TRUE; 6149 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0) 6150 break; 6151 } 6152 return FALSE; 6153 } 6154 #endif 6155 6156 /* 6157 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing: 6158 * - the (first byte of the) character is different 6159 * - the attributes are different 6160 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different 6161 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs. 6162 */ 6163 static int 6164 char_needs_redraw(int off_from, int off_to, int cols) 6165 { 6166 if (cols > 0 6167 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to] 6168 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 6169 6170 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6171 || (enc_dbcs != 0 6172 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1 6173 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e 6174 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to] 6175 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] 6176 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) 6177 || (enc_utf8 6178 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to] 6179 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0 6180 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)) 6181 || ((*mb_off2cells)(off_from, off_from + cols) > 1 6182 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] 6183 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) 6184 #endif 6185 )) 6186 return TRUE; 6187 return FALSE; 6188 } 6189 6190 #if defined(FEAT_TERMINAL) || defined(PROTO) 6191 /* 6192 * Return the index in ScreenLines[] for the current screen line. 6193 */ 6194 int 6195 screen_get_current_line_off() 6196 { 6197 return (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 6198 } 6199 #endif 6200 6201 /* 6202 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that 6203 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character. 6204 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line. 6205 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are. 6206 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line 6207 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise. 6208 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window: 6209 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol" 6210 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width" 6211 */ 6212 void 6213 screen_line( 6214 int row, 6215 int coloff, 6216 int endcol, 6217 int clear_width, 6218 int rlflag UNUSED) 6219 { 6220 unsigned off_from; 6221 unsigned off_to; 6222 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6223 unsigned max_off_from; 6224 unsigned max_off_to; 6225 #endif 6226 int col = 0; 6227 int hl; 6228 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */ 6229 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */ 6230 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6231 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */ 6232 #endif 6233 ; 6234 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */ 6235 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6236 int clear_next = FALSE; 6237 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */ 6238 /* 2: occupies two display cells */ 6239 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells 6240 #else 6241 # define CHAR_CELLS 1 6242 #endif 6243 6244 /* Check for illegal row and col, just in case. */ 6245 if (row >= Rows) 6246 row = Rows - 1; 6247 if (endcol > Columns) 6248 endcol = Columns; 6249 6250 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 6251 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row); 6252 # endif 6253 6254 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 6255 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff; 6256 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6257 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns; 6258 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 6259 #endif 6260 6261 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6262 if (rlflag) 6263 { 6264 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */ 6265 if (clear_width > 0) 6266 { 6267 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 6268 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 6269 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6270 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) 6271 # endif 6272 ) 6273 { 6274 ++off_to; 6275 ++col; 6276 } 6277 if (col <= endcol) 6278 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, 6279 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0); 6280 } 6281 col = endcol + 1; 6282 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff; 6283 off_from += col; 6284 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width); 6285 } 6286 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */ 6287 6288 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col); 6289 6290 while (col < endcol) 6291 { 6292 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6293 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol)) 6294 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from); 6295 else 6296 char_cells = 1; 6297 #endif 6298 6299 redraw_this = redraw_next; 6300 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS, 6301 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS); 6302 6303 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6304 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to 6305 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only 6306 * happens in the GUI. 6307 */ 6308 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use) 6309 { 6310 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS]; 6311 if (hl > HL_ALL) 6312 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); 6313 if (hl & HL_BOLD) 6314 redraw_this = TRUE; 6315 } 6316 #endif 6317 6318 if (redraw_this) 6319 { 6320 /* 6321 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm): 6322 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the 6323 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The 6324 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the 6325 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must 6326 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted 6327 * character. 6328 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove its highlighting. Need 6329 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it 6330 * completely. 6331 */ 6332 if ( p_wiv 6333 && !force 6334 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6335 && !gui.in_use 6336 #endif 6337 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0 6338 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 6339 { 6340 /* 6341 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here. 6342 */ 6343 windgoto(row, col + coloff); 6344 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */ 6345 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 6346 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */ 6347 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */ 6348 6349 /* 6350 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop 6351 * highlighting at this character. 6352 */ 6353 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0) 6354 { 6355 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]; 6356 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff); 6357 screen_stop_highlight(); 6358 } 6359 else 6360 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */ 6361 } 6362 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6363 if (enc_dbcs != 0) 6364 { 6365 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or 6366 * the other way around requires another character to be 6367 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing 6368 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */ 6369 if (char_cells == 1 6370 && col + 1 < endcol 6371 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) 6372 { 6373 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell 6374 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */ 6375 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0; 6376 redraw_next = TRUE; 6377 } 6378 else if (char_cells == 2 6379 && col + 2 < endcol 6380 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 6381 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1) 6382 { 6383 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over 6384 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second 6385 * cell. */ 6386 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0; 6387 redraw_next = TRUE; 6388 } 6389 6390 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 6391 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from]; 6392 } 6393 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width 6394 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out 6395 * the right halve of the old character. 6396 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width 6397 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */ 6398 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol 6399 && ((char_cells == 1 6400 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) 6401 || (char_cells == 2 6402 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 6403 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1))) 6404 clear_next = TRUE; 6405 #endif 6406 6407 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from]; 6408 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6409 if (enc_utf8) 6410 { 6411 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from]; 6412 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0) 6413 { 6414 int i; 6415 6416 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 6417 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from]; 6418 } 6419 } 6420 if (char_cells == 2) 6421 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1]; 6422 #endif 6423 6424 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 6425 /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the 6426 * next character. When a bold character is removed, the next 6427 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 6428 * and for some xterms. */ 6429 if ( 6430 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 6431 gui.in_use 6432 # endif 6433 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 6434 || 6435 # endif 6436 # ifdef UNIX 6437 term_is_xterm 6438 # endif 6439 ) 6440 { 6441 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 6442 if (hl > HL_ALL) 6443 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); 6444 if (hl & HL_BOLD) 6445 redraw_next = TRUE; 6446 } 6447 #endif 6448 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 6449 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6450 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a 6451 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */ 6452 if (char_cells == 2) 6453 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 6454 6455 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2) 6456 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6457 else 6458 #endif 6459 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6460 } 6461 else if ( p_wiv 6462 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6463 && !gui.in_use 6464 #endif 6465 && col + coloff > 0) 6466 { 6467 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]) 6468 { 6469 /* 6470 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will 6471 * stop the highlighting when it should continue. 6472 */ 6473 screen_attr = 0; 6474 } 6475 else if (screen_attr != 0) 6476 screen_stop_highlight(); 6477 } 6478 6479 off_to += CHAR_CELLS; 6480 off_from += CHAR_CELLS; 6481 col += CHAR_CELLS; 6482 } 6483 6484 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6485 if (clear_next) 6486 { 6487 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left 6488 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */ 6489 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' '; 6490 if (enc_utf8) 6491 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 6492 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6493 } 6494 #endif 6495 6496 if (clear_width > 0 6497 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6498 && !rlflag 6499 #endif 6500 ) 6501 { 6502 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6503 int startCol = col; 6504 #endif 6505 6506 /* blank out the rest of the line */ 6507 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 6508 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 6509 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6510 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) 6511 #endif 6512 ) 6513 { 6514 ++off_to; 6515 ++col; 6516 } 6517 if (col < clear_width) 6518 { 6519 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6520 /* 6521 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels 6522 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold 6523 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous 6524 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we 6525 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway. 6526 */ 6527 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this)) 6528 { 6529 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 6530 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) 6531 { 6532 int prev_cells = 1; 6533 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6534 if (enc_utf8) 6535 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means 6536 * that its width is 2. */ 6537 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1; 6538 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) 6539 { 6540 /* find previous character by counting from first 6541 * column and get its width. */ 6542 unsigned off = LineOffset[row]; 6543 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 6544 6545 while (off < off_to) 6546 { 6547 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off); 6548 off += prev_cells; 6549 } 6550 } 6551 6552 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1) 6553 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row, 6554 col + coloff - prev_cells); 6555 else 6556 # endif 6557 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row, 6558 col + coloff - prev_cells); 6559 } 6560 } 6561 #endif 6562 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff, 6563 ' ', ' ', 0); 6564 off_to += clear_width - col; 6565 col = clear_width; 6566 } 6567 } 6568 6569 if (clear_width > 0) 6570 { 6571 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */ 6572 if (col + coloff < Columns) 6573 { 6574 int c; 6575 6576 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 6577 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != (schar_T)c 6578 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6579 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to] 6580 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 6581 #endif 6582 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl) 6583 { 6584 ScreenLines[off_to] = c; 6585 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl; 6586 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6587 if (enc_utf8) 6588 { 6589 if (c >= 0x80) 6590 { 6591 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c; 6592 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0; 6593 } 6594 else 6595 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 6596 } 6597 #endif 6598 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6599 } 6600 } 6601 else 6602 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 6603 } 6604 } 6605 6606 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) 6607 /* 6608 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying. 6609 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers). 6610 */ 6611 void 6612 rl_mirror(char_u *str) 6613 { 6614 char_u *p1, *p2; 6615 int t; 6616 6617 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2) 6618 { 6619 t = *p1; 6620 *p1 = *p2; 6621 *p2 = t; 6622 } 6623 } 6624 #endif 6625 6626 /* 6627 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd 6628 */ 6629 void 6630 status_redraw_all(void) 6631 { 6632 win_T *wp; 6633 6634 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6635 if (wp->w_status_height) 6636 { 6637 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6638 redraw_later(VALID); 6639 } 6640 } 6641 6642 /* 6643 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw 6644 */ 6645 void 6646 status_redraw_curbuf(void) 6647 { 6648 win_T *wp; 6649 6650 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6651 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf) 6652 { 6653 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6654 redraw_later(VALID); 6655 } 6656 } 6657 6658 /* 6659 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn. 6660 */ 6661 void 6662 redraw_statuslines(void) 6663 { 6664 win_T *wp; 6665 6666 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6667 if (wp->w_redr_status) 6668 win_redr_status(wp, FALSE); 6669 if (redraw_tabline) 6670 draw_tabline(); 6671 } 6672 6673 #if defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(PROTO) 6674 /* 6675 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp". 6676 */ 6677 void 6678 win_redraw_last_status(frame_T *frp) 6679 { 6680 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) 6681 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6682 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) 6683 { 6684 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) 6685 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 6686 } 6687 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */ 6688 { 6689 frp = frp->fr_child; 6690 while (frp->fr_next != NULL) 6691 frp = frp->fr_next; 6692 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 6693 } 6694 } 6695 #endif 6696 6697 /* 6698 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row". 6699 */ 6700 static void 6701 draw_vsep_win(win_T *wp, int row) 6702 { 6703 int hl; 6704 int c; 6705 6706 if (wp->w_vsep_width) 6707 { 6708 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 6709 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 6710 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 6711 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1, 6712 c, ' ', hl); 6713 } 6714 } 6715 6716 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 6717 static int skip_status_match_char(expand_T *xp, char_u *s); 6718 6719 /* 6720 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line. 6721 */ 6722 static int 6723 status_match_len(expand_T *xp, char_u *s) 6724 { 6725 int len = 0; 6726 6727 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6728 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6729 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 6730 6731 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */ 6732 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 6733 return 1; 6734 #endif 6735 6736 while (*s != NUL) 6737 { 6738 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); 6739 len += ptr2cells(s); 6740 MB_PTR_ADV(s); 6741 } 6742 6743 return len; 6744 } 6745 6746 /* 6747 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match. 6748 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags. 6749 */ 6750 static int 6751 skip_status_match_char(expand_T *xp, char_u *s) 6752 { 6753 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP) 6754 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6755 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6756 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES) 6757 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL))) 6758 #endif 6759 ) 6760 { 6761 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME 6762 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!') 6763 return 2; 6764 #endif 6765 return 1; 6766 } 6767 return 0; 6768 } 6769 6770 /* 6771 * Show wildchar matches in the status line. 6772 * Show at least the "match" item. 6773 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit. 6774 * 6775 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 6776 */ 6777 void 6778 win_redr_status_matches( 6779 expand_T *xp, 6780 int num_matches, 6781 char_u **matches, /* list of matches */ 6782 int match, 6783 int showtail) 6784 { 6785 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m]) 6786 int row; 6787 char_u *buf; 6788 int len; 6789 int clen; /* length in screen cells */ 6790 int fillchar; 6791 int attr; 6792 int i; 6793 int highlight = TRUE; 6794 char_u *selstart = NULL; 6795 int selstart_col = 0; 6796 char_u *selend = NULL; 6797 static int first_match = 0; 6798 int add_left = FALSE; 6799 char_u *s; 6800 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6801 int emenu; 6802 #endif 6803 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU) 6804 int l; 6805 #endif 6806 6807 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */ 6808 return; 6809 6810 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6811 if (has_mbyte) 6812 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1); 6813 else 6814 #endif 6815 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1); 6816 if (buf == NULL) 6817 return; 6818 6819 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */ 6820 { 6821 match = 0; 6822 highlight = FALSE; 6823 } 6824 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */ 6825 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3; 6826 if (match == 0) 6827 first_match = 0; 6828 else if (match < first_match) 6829 { 6830 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */ 6831 first_match = match; 6832 add_left = TRUE; 6833 } 6834 else 6835 { 6836 /* check if match fits on the screen */ 6837 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i) 6838 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 6839 if (first_match > 0) 6840 clen += 2; 6841 /* jumping right, put match at the left */ 6842 if ((long)clen > Columns) 6843 { 6844 first_match = match; 6845 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */ 6846 clen = 2; 6847 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i) 6848 { 6849 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 6850 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 6851 break; 6852 } 6853 if (i == num_matches) 6854 add_left = TRUE; 6855 } 6856 } 6857 if (add_left) 6858 while (first_match > 0) 6859 { 6860 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2; 6861 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 6862 break; 6863 --first_match; 6864 } 6865 6866 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, curwin); 6867 6868 if (first_match == 0) 6869 { 6870 *buf = NUL; 6871 len = 0; 6872 } 6873 else 6874 { 6875 STRCPY(buf, "< "); 6876 len = 2; 6877 } 6878 clen = len; 6879 6880 i = first_match; 6881 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns) 6882 { 6883 if (i == match) 6884 { 6885 selstart = buf + len; 6886 selstart_col = clen; 6887 } 6888 6889 s = L_MATCH(i); 6890 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */ 6891 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6892 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6893 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 6894 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 6895 { 6896 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|')); 6897 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 6898 len += l; 6899 clen += l; 6900 } 6901 else 6902 #endif 6903 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s) 6904 { 6905 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); 6906 clen += ptr2cells(s); 6907 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6908 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1) 6909 { 6910 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l); 6911 s += l - 1; 6912 len += l; 6913 } 6914 else 6915 #endif 6916 { 6917 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s)); 6918 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 6919 } 6920 } 6921 if (i == match) 6922 selend = buf + len; 6923 6924 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 6925 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 6926 clen += 2; 6927 if (++i == num_matches) 6928 break; 6929 } 6930 6931 if (i != num_matches) 6932 { 6933 *(buf + len++) = '>'; 6934 ++clen; 6935 } 6936 6937 buf[len] = NUL; 6938 6939 row = cmdline_row - 1; 6940 if (row >= 0) 6941 { 6942 if (wild_menu_showing == 0) 6943 { 6944 if (msg_scrolled > 0) 6945 { 6946 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is 6947 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */ 6948 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1) 6949 { 6950 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, 0, NULL); 6951 ++msg_scrolled; 6952 } 6953 else 6954 { 6955 ++cmdline_row; 6956 ++row; 6957 } 6958 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED; 6959 } 6960 else 6961 { 6962 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2. 6963 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is 6964 * resized. */ 6965 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 6966 { 6967 save_p_ls = p_ls; 6968 save_p_wmh = p_wmh; 6969 p_ls = 2; 6970 p_wmh = 0; 6971 last_status(FALSE); 6972 } 6973 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN; 6974 } 6975 } 6976 6977 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr); 6978 if (selstart != NULL && highlight) 6979 { 6980 *selend = NUL; 6981 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, HL_ATTR(HLF_WM)); 6982 } 6983 6984 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr); 6985 } 6986 6987 win_redraw_last_status(topframe); 6988 vim_free(buf); 6989 } 6990 #endif 6991 6992 /* 6993 * Redraw the status line of window wp. 6994 * 6995 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 6996 * If "ignore_pum" is TRUE, also redraw statusline when the popup menu is 6997 * displayed. 6998 */ 6999 static void 7000 win_redr_status(win_T *wp, int ignore_pum UNUSED) 7001 { 7002 int row; 7003 char_u *p; 7004 int len; 7005 int fillchar; 7006 int attr; 7007 int this_ru_col; 7008 static int busy = FALSE; 7009 7010 /* It's possible to get here recursively when 'statusline' (indirectly) 7011 * invokes ":redrawstatus". Simply ignore the call then. */ 7012 if (busy) 7013 return; 7014 busy = TRUE; 7015 7016 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE; 7017 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) 7018 { 7019 /* no status line, can only be last window */ 7020 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 7021 } 7022 else if (!redrawing() 7023 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 7024 // don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be 7025 // drawn over it, unless it will be redrawn later 7026 || (!ignore_pum && pum_visible()) 7027 #endif 7028 ) 7029 { 7030 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ 7031 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 7032 } 7033 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 7034 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 7035 { 7036 /* redraw custom status line */ 7037 redraw_custom_statusline(wp); 7038 } 7039 #endif 7040 else 7041 { 7042 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp); 7043 7044 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer); 7045 p = NameBuff; 7046 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 7047 7048 if (bt_help(wp->w_buffer) 7049 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 7050 || wp->w_p_pvw 7051 #endif 7052 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) 7053 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 7054 *(p + len++) = ' '; 7055 if (bt_help(wp->w_buffer)) 7056 { 7057 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]")); 7058 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 7059 } 7060 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 7061 if (wp->w_p_pvw) 7062 { 7063 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]")); 7064 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 7065 } 7066 #endif 7067 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) 7068 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 7069 && !bt_terminal(wp->w_buffer) 7070 #endif 7071 ) 7072 { 7073 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]"); 7074 len += 3; 7075 } 7076 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 7077 { 7078 STRCPY(p + len, _("[RO]")); 7079 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 7080 } 7081 7082 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - wp->w_width); 7083 if (this_ru_col < (wp->w_width + 1) / 2) 7084 this_ru_col = (wp->w_width + 1) / 2; 7085 if (this_ru_col <= 1) 7086 { 7087 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */ 7088 len = 1; 7089 } 7090 else 7091 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7092 if (has_mbyte) 7093 { 7094 int clen = 0, i; 7095 7096 /* Count total number of display cells. */ 7097 clen = mb_string2cells(p, -1); 7098 7099 /* Find first character that will fit. 7100 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */ 7101 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1; 7102 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i)) 7103 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); 7104 len = clen; 7105 if (i > 0) 7106 { 7107 p = p + i - 1; 7108 *p = '<'; 7109 ++len; 7110 } 7111 7112 } 7113 else 7114 #endif 7115 if (len > this_ru_col - 1) 7116 { 7117 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1); 7118 *p = '<'; 7119 len = this_ru_col - 1; 7120 } 7121 7122 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 7123 screen_puts(p, row, wp->w_wincol, attr); 7124 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + wp->w_wincol, 7125 this_ru_col + wp->w_wincol, fillchar, fillchar, attr); 7126 7127 if (get_keymap_str(wp, (char_u *)"<%s>", NameBuff, MAXPATHL) 7128 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1)) 7129 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff) 7130 - 1 + wp->w_wincol), attr); 7131 7132 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 7133 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE, ignore_pum); 7134 #endif 7135 } 7136 7137 /* 7138 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator. 7139 */ 7140 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing()) 7141 { 7142 if (stl_connected(wp)) 7143 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp); 7144 else 7145 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr); 7146 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp), 7147 attr); 7148 } 7149 busy = FALSE; 7150 } 7151 7152 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 7153 /* 7154 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any 7155 * errors encountered. 7156 */ 7157 static void 7158 redraw_custom_statusline(win_T *wp) 7159 { 7160 static int entered = FALSE; 7161 int saved_did_emsg = did_emsg; 7162 7163 /* When called recursively return. This can happen when the statusline 7164 * contains an expression that triggers a redraw. */ 7165 if (entered) 7166 return; 7167 entered = TRUE; 7168 7169 did_emsg = FALSE; 7170 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE); 7171 if (did_emsg) 7172 { 7173 /* When there is an error disable the statusline, otherwise the 7174 * display is messed up with errors and a redraw triggers the problem 7175 * again and again. */ 7176 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1, 7177 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL 7178 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR); 7179 } 7180 did_emsg |= saved_did_emsg; 7181 entered = FALSE; 7182 } 7183 #endif 7184 7185 /* 7186 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status 7187 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator. 7188 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0). 7189 */ 7190 int 7191 stl_connected(win_T *wp) 7192 { 7193 frame_T *fr; 7194 7195 fr = wp->w_frame; 7196 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL) 7197 { 7198 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL) 7199 { 7200 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 7201 break; 7202 } 7203 else 7204 { 7205 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 7206 return TRUE; 7207 } 7208 fr = fr->fr_parent; 7209 } 7210 return FALSE; 7211 } 7212 7213 7214 /* 7215 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'. 7216 */ 7217 int 7218 get_keymap_str( 7219 win_T *wp, 7220 char_u *fmt, /* format string containing one %s item */ 7221 char_u *buf, /* buffer for the result */ 7222 int len) /* length of buffer */ 7223 { 7224 char_u *p; 7225 7226 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP) 7227 return FALSE; 7228 7229 { 7230 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7231 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; 7232 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; 7233 char_u *s; 7234 7235 curbuf = wp->w_buffer; 7236 curwin = wp; 7237 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */ 7238 ++emsg_skip; 7239 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE); 7240 --emsg_skip; 7241 curbuf = old_curbuf; 7242 curwin = old_curwin; 7243 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL) 7244 #endif 7245 { 7246 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 7247 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED) 7248 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap; 7249 else 7250 #endif 7251 p = (char_u *)"lang"; 7252 } 7253 if (vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, (char *)fmt, p) > len - 1) 7254 buf[0] = NUL; 7255 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7256 vim_free(s); 7257 #endif 7258 } 7259 return buf[0] != NUL; 7260 } 7261 7262 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) 7263 /* 7264 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp". 7265 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'. 7266 */ 7267 static void 7268 win_redr_custom( 7269 win_T *wp, 7270 int draw_ruler) /* TRUE or FALSE */ 7271 { 7272 static int entered = FALSE; 7273 int attr; 7274 int curattr; 7275 int row; 7276 int col = 0; 7277 int maxwidth; 7278 int width; 7279 int n; 7280 int len; 7281 int fillchar; 7282 char_u buf[MAXPATHL]; 7283 char_u *stl; 7284 char_u *p; 7285 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; 7286 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; 7287 int use_sandbox = FALSE; 7288 win_T *ewp; 7289 int p_crb_save; 7290 7291 /* There is a tiny chance that this gets called recursively: When 7292 * redrawing a status line triggers redrawing the ruler or tabline. 7293 * Avoid trouble by not allowing recursion. */ 7294 if (entered) 7295 return; 7296 entered = TRUE; 7297 7298 /* setup environment for the task at hand */ 7299 if (wp == NULL) 7300 { 7301 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */ 7302 stl = p_tal; 7303 row = 0; 7304 fillchar = ' '; 7305 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_TPF); 7306 maxwidth = Columns; 7307 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7308 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0); 7309 # endif 7310 } 7311 else 7312 { 7313 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 7314 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp); 7315 maxwidth = wp->w_width; 7316 7317 if (draw_ruler) 7318 { 7319 stl = p_ruf; 7320 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */ 7321 if (*stl == '%') 7322 { 7323 if (*++stl == '-') 7324 stl++; 7325 if (atoi((char *)stl)) 7326 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*stl)) 7327 stl++; 7328 if (*stl++ != '(') 7329 stl = p_ruf; 7330 } 7331 col = ru_col - (Columns - wp->w_width); 7332 if (col < (wp->w_width + 1) / 2) 7333 col = (wp->w_width + 1) / 2; 7334 maxwidth = wp->w_width - col; 7335 if (!wp->w_status_height) 7336 { 7337 row = Rows - 1; 7338 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */ 7339 fillchar = ' '; 7340 attr = 0; 7341 } 7342 7343 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7344 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0); 7345 # endif 7346 } 7347 else 7348 { 7349 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 7350 stl = wp->w_p_stl; 7351 else 7352 stl = p_stl; 7353 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7354 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline", 7355 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL); 7356 # endif 7357 } 7358 7359 col += wp->w_wincol; 7360 } 7361 7362 if (maxwidth <= 0) 7363 goto theend; 7364 7365 /* Temporarily reset 'cursorbind', we don't want a side effect from moving 7366 * the cursor away and back. */ 7367 ewp = wp == NULL ? curwin : wp; 7368 p_crb_save = ewp->w_p_crb; 7369 ewp->w_p_crb = FALSE; 7370 7371 /* Make a copy, because the statusline may include a function call that 7372 * might change the option value and free the memory. */ 7373 stl = vim_strsave(stl); 7374 width = build_stl_str_hl(ewp, buf, sizeof(buf), 7375 stl, use_sandbox, 7376 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab); 7377 vim_free(stl); 7378 ewp->w_p_crb = p_crb_save; 7379 7380 /* Make all characters printable. */ 7381 p = transstr(buf); 7382 if (p != NULL) 7383 { 7384 vim_strncpy(buf, p, sizeof(buf) - 1); 7385 vim_free(p); 7386 } 7387 7388 /* fill up with "fillchar" */ 7389 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); 7390 while (width < maxwidth && len < (int)sizeof(buf) - 1) 7391 { 7392 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7393 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len); 7394 #else 7395 buf[len++] = fillchar; 7396 #endif 7397 ++width; 7398 } 7399 buf[len] = NUL; 7400 7401 /* 7402 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting. 7403 */ 7404 curattr = attr; 7405 p = buf; 7406 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++) 7407 { 7408 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p); 7409 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr); 7410 col += vim_strnsize(p, len); 7411 p = hltab[n].start; 7412 7413 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0) 7414 curattr = attr; 7415 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0) 7416 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl); 7417 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 7418 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && bt_terminal(wp->w_buffer) 7419 && wp->w_status_height != 0) 7420 curattr = highlight_stltermnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7421 else if (wp != NULL && bt_terminal(wp->w_buffer) 7422 && wp->w_status_height != 0) 7423 curattr = highlight_stlterm[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7424 #endif 7425 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0) 7426 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7427 else 7428 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7429 } 7430 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr); 7431 7432 if (wp == NULL) 7433 { 7434 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */ 7435 col = 0; 7436 len = 0; 7437 p = buf; 7438 fillchar = 0; 7439 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++) 7440 { 7441 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p)); 7442 while (col < len) 7443 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; 7444 p = tabtab[n].start; 7445 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl; 7446 } 7447 while (col < Columns) 7448 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; 7449 } 7450 7451 theend: 7452 entered = FALSE; 7453 } 7454 7455 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */ 7456 7457 /* 7458 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines. 7459 */ 7460 void 7461 screen_putchar(int c, int row, int col, int attr) 7462 { 7463 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 7464 7465 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7466 if (has_mbyte) 7467 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 7468 else 7469 #endif 7470 { 7471 buf[0] = c; 7472 buf[1] = NUL; 7473 } 7474 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr); 7475 } 7476 7477 /* 7478 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]". 7479 * Also return its attribute in *attrp; 7480 */ 7481 void 7482 screen_getbytes(int row, int col, char_u *bytes, int *attrp) 7483 { 7484 unsigned off; 7485 7486 /* safety check */ 7487 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns) 7488 { 7489 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 7490 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off]; 7491 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 7492 bytes[1] = NUL; 7493 7494 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7495 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 7496 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL; 7497 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 7498 { 7499 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 7500 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off]; 7501 bytes[2] = NUL; 7502 } 7503 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1) 7504 { 7505 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1]; 7506 bytes[2] = NUL; 7507 } 7508 #endif 7509 } 7510 } 7511 7512 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7513 /* 7514 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from 7515 * composing characters in "u8cc". 7516 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0. 7517 */ 7518 static int 7519 screen_comp_differs(int off, int *u8cc) 7520 { 7521 int i; 7522 7523 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 7524 { 7525 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i]) 7526 return TRUE; 7527 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 7528 break; 7529 } 7530 return FALSE; 7531 } 7532 #endif 7533 7534 /* 7535 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with 7536 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[]. 7537 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary! 7538 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done. 7539 */ 7540 void 7541 screen_puts( 7542 char_u *text, 7543 int row, 7544 int col, 7545 int attr) 7546 { 7547 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr); 7548 } 7549 7550 /* 7551 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to 7552 * a NUL. 7553 */ 7554 void 7555 screen_puts_len( 7556 char_u *text, 7557 int textlen, 7558 int row, 7559 int col, 7560 int attr) 7561 { 7562 unsigned off; 7563 char_u *ptr = text; 7564 int len = textlen; 7565 int c; 7566 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7567 unsigned max_off; 7568 int mbyte_blen = 1; 7569 int mbyte_cells = 1; 7570 int u8c = 0; 7571 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; 7572 int clear_next_cell = FALSE; 7573 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 7574 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 7575 int pc, nc, nc1; 7576 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 7577 # endif 7578 #endif 7579 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7580 int force_redraw_this; 7581 int force_redraw_next = FALSE; 7582 #endif 7583 int need_redraw; 7584 7585 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 7586 return; 7587 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 7588 7589 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7590 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the 7591 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */ 7592 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns 7593 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7594 && !gui.in_use 7595 # endif 7596 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col) 7597 { 7598 ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' '; 7599 ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0; 7600 if (enc_utf8) 7601 { 7602 ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0; 7603 ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0; 7604 } 7605 /* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */ 7606 screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1); 7607 /* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */ 7608 force_redraw_next = TRUE; 7609 } 7610 #endif 7611 7612 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7613 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 7614 #endif 7615 while (col < screen_Columns 7616 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len) 7617 && *ptr != NUL) 7618 { 7619 c = *ptr; 7620 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7621 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */ 7622 if (has_mbyte) 7623 { 7624 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0) 7625 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 7626 else 7627 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 7628 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 7629 mbyte_cells = 1; 7630 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) 7631 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen; 7632 else /* enc_utf8 */ 7633 { 7634 if (len >= 0) 7635 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc, 7636 (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 7637 else 7638 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); 7639 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c); 7640 # ifdef UNICODE16 7641 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 7642 if (u8c >= 0x10000) 7643 { 7644 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; 7645 if (attr == 0) 7646 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 7647 } 7648 # endif 7649 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 7650 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 7651 { 7652 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 7653 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len) 7654 { 7655 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */ 7656 nc = NUL; 7657 nc1 = NUL; 7658 } 7659 else 7660 { 7661 nc = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc, 7662 (int)((text + len) - ptr - mbyte_blen)); 7663 nc1 = pcc[0]; 7664 } 7665 pc = prev_c; 7666 prev_c = u8c; 7667 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc); 7668 } 7669 else 7670 prev_c = u8c; 7671 # endif 7672 if (col + mbyte_cells > screen_Columns) 7673 { 7674 /* Only 1 cell left, but character requires 2 cells: 7675 * display a '>' in the last column to avoid wrapping. */ 7676 c = '>'; 7677 mbyte_cells = 1; 7678 } 7679 } 7680 } 7681 #endif 7682 7683 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7684 force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next; 7685 force_redraw_next = FALSE; 7686 #endif 7687 7688 need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c 7689 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7690 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7691 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0)) 7692 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 7693 && c == 0x8e 7694 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1]) 7695 || (enc_utf8 7696 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 7697 (u8char_T)(c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0 ? 0 : u8c) 7698 || (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0 7699 && screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))) 7700 #endif 7701 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 7702 || exmode_active; 7703 7704 if (need_redraw 7705 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7706 || force_redraw_this 7707 #endif 7708 ) 7709 { 7710 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7711 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next 7712 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next 7713 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 7714 * and for some xterms. */ 7715 if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && ( 7716 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7717 gui.in_use 7718 # endif 7719 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 7720 || 7721 # endif 7722 # ifdef UNIX 7723 term_is_xterm 7724 # endif 7725 )) 7726 { 7727 int n = ScreenAttrs[off]; 7728 7729 if (n > HL_ALL) 7730 n = syn_attr2attr(n); 7731 if (n & HL_BOLD) 7732 force_redraw_next = TRUE; 7733 } 7734 #endif 7735 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7736 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell 7737 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next 7738 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char 7739 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once 7740 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */ 7741 if (clear_next_cell) 7742 clear_next_cell = FALSE; 7743 else if (has_mbyte 7744 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL 7745 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len) 7746 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) 7747 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7748 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 7749 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) 7750 clear_next_cell = TRUE; 7751 7752 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind, 7753 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */ 7754 if (enc_dbcs 7755 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) 7756 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7757 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 7758 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) 7759 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0; 7760 #endif 7761 ScreenLines[off] = c; 7762 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 7763 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7764 if (enc_utf8) 7765 { 7766 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) 7767 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 7768 else 7769 { 7770 int i; 7771 7772 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c; 7773 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 7774 { 7775 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; 7776 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 7777 break; 7778 } 7779 } 7780 if (mbyte_cells == 2) 7781 { 7782 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0; 7783 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 7784 } 7785 screen_char(off, row, col); 7786 } 7787 else if (mbyte_cells == 2) 7788 { 7789 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1]; 7790 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 7791 screen_char_2(off, row, col); 7792 } 7793 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 7794 { 7795 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1]; 7796 screen_char(off, row, col); 7797 } 7798 else 7799 #endif 7800 screen_char(off, row, col); 7801 } 7802 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7803 if (has_mbyte) 7804 { 7805 off += mbyte_cells; 7806 col += mbyte_cells; 7807 ptr += mbyte_blen; 7808 if (clear_next_cell) 7809 { 7810 /* This only happens at the end, display one space next. */ 7811 ptr = (char_u *)" "; 7812 len = -1; 7813 } 7814 } 7815 else 7816 #endif 7817 { 7818 ++off; 7819 ++col; 7820 ++ptr; 7821 } 7822 } 7823 7824 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7825 /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text 7826 * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */ 7827 if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns) 7828 { 7829 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7830 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1) 7831 screen_char_2(off, row, col); 7832 else 7833 # endif 7834 screen_char(off, row, col); 7835 } 7836 #endif 7837 } 7838 7839 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 7840 /* 7841 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting. 7842 */ 7843 static void 7844 start_search_hl(void) 7845 { 7846 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch) 7847 { 7848 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm); 7849 search_hl.attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_L); 7850 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7851 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 7852 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm); 7853 # endif 7854 } 7855 } 7856 7857 /* 7858 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting. 7859 */ 7860 static void 7861 end_search_hl(void) 7862 { 7863 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL) 7864 { 7865 vim_regfree(search_hl.rm.regprog); 7866 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 7867 } 7868 } 7869 7870 /* 7871 * Init for calling prepare_search_hl(). 7872 */ 7873 static void 7874 init_search_hl(win_T *wp) 7875 { 7876 matchitem_T *cur; 7877 7878 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous 7879 * match */ 7880 cur = wp->w_match_head; 7881 while (cur != NULL) 7882 { 7883 cur->hl.rm = cur->match; 7884 if (cur->hlg_id == 0) 7885 cur->hl.attr = 0; 7886 else 7887 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id); 7888 cur->hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; 7889 cur->hl.lnum = 0; 7890 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0; 7891 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7892 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 7893 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm)); 7894 # endif 7895 cur = cur->next; 7896 } 7897 search_hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; 7898 search_hl.lnum = 0; 7899 search_hl.first_lnum = 0; 7900 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */ 7901 } 7902 7903 /* 7904 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it. 7905 */ 7906 static void 7907 prepare_search_hl(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum) 7908 { 7909 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 7910 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ 7911 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl 7912 has been processed or not */ 7913 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is 7914 in progress */ 7915 int n; 7916 7917 /* 7918 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top 7919 * of the window or just after a closed fold. 7920 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list. 7921 */ 7922 cur = wp->w_match_head; 7923 shl_flag = FALSE; 7924 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 7925 { 7926 if (shl_flag == FALSE) 7927 { 7928 shl = &search_hl; 7929 shl_flag = TRUE; 7930 } 7931 else 7932 shl = &cur->hl; 7933 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 7934 && shl->lnum == 0 7935 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog)) 7936 { 7937 if (shl->first_lnum == 0) 7938 { 7939 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7940 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum; 7941 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum) 7942 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1, 7943 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL)) 7944 break; 7945 # else 7946 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline; 7947 # endif 7948 } 7949 if (cur != NULL) 7950 cur->pos.cur = 0; 7951 pos_inprogress = TRUE; 7952 n = 0; 7953 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 7954 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress))) 7955 { 7956 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n, 7957 shl == &search_hl ? NULL : cur); 7958 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 7959 ? FALSE : TRUE; 7960 if (shl->lnum != 0) 7961 { 7962 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum 7963 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum 7964 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 7965 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 7966 } 7967 else 7968 { 7969 ++shl->first_lnum; 7970 n = 0; 7971 } 7972 } 7973 } 7974 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 7975 cur = cur->next; 7976 } 7977 } 7978 7979 /* 7980 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match. 7981 * Uses shl->buf. 7982 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents. 7983 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless 7984 * shl->lnum is zero. 7985 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid. 7986 */ 7987 static void 7988 next_search_hl( 7989 win_T *win, 7990 match_T *shl, /* points to search_hl or a match */ 7991 linenr_T lnum, 7992 colnr_T mincol, /* minimal column for a match */ 7993 matchitem_T *cur) /* to retrieve match positions if any */ 7994 { 7995 linenr_T l; 7996 colnr_T matchcol; 7997 long nmatched; 7998 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; 7999 8000 // for :{range}s/pat only highlight inside the range 8001 if (lnum < search_first_line || lnum > search_last_line) 8002 { 8003 shl->lnum = 0; 8004 return; 8005 } 8006 8007 if (shl->lnum != 0) 8008 { 8009 /* Check for three situations: 8010 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search. 8011 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it. 8012 * 3. Continue after the previous match. 8013 */ 8014 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 8015 if (lnum > l) 8016 shl->lnum = 0; 8017 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) 8018 return; 8019 } 8020 8021 /* 8022 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol" 8023 * or none is found in this line. 8024 */ 8025 called_emsg = FALSE; 8026 for (;;) 8027 { 8028 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 8029 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */ 8030 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm))) 8031 { 8032 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */ 8033 break; 8034 } 8035 #endif 8036 /* Three situations: 8037 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line. 8038 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character. 8039 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line. 8040 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match. 8041 */ 8042 if (shl->lnum == 0) 8043 matchcol = 0; 8044 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL 8045 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0 8046 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col)) 8047 { 8048 char_u *ml; 8049 8050 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 8051 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol; 8052 if (*ml == NUL) 8053 { 8054 ++matchcol; 8055 shl->lnum = 0; 8056 break; 8057 } 8058 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8059 if (has_mbyte) 8060 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml); 8061 else 8062 #endif 8063 ++matchcol; 8064 } 8065 else 8066 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 8067 8068 shl->lnum = lnum; 8069 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) 8070 { 8071 /* Remember whether shl->rm is using a copy of the regprog in 8072 * cur->match. */ 8073 int regprog_is_copy = (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL 8074 && shl == &cur->hl 8075 && cur->match.regprog == cur->hl.rm.regprog); 8076 int timed_out = FALSE; 8077 8078 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, 8079 matchcol, 8080 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 8081 &(shl->tm), &timed_out 8082 #else 8083 NULL, NULL 8084 #endif 8085 ); 8086 /* Copy the regprog, in case it got freed and recompiled. */ 8087 if (regprog_is_copy) 8088 cur->match.regprog = cur->hl.rm.regprog; 8089 8090 if (called_emsg || got_int || timed_out) 8091 { 8092 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */ 8093 if (shl == &search_hl) 8094 { 8095 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */ 8096 vim_regfree(shl->rm.regprog); 8097 set_no_hlsearch(TRUE); 8098 } 8099 shl->rm.regprog = NULL; 8100 shl->lnum = 0; 8101 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" 8102 message */ 8103 break; 8104 } 8105 } 8106 else if (cur != NULL) 8107 nmatched = next_search_hl_pos(shl, lnum, &(cur->pos), matchcol); 8108 else 8109 nmatched = 0; 8110 if (nmatched == 0) 8111 { 8112 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */ 8113 break; 8114 } 8115 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0 8116 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol 8117 || nmatched > 1 8118 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) 8119 { 8120 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 8121 break; /* useful match found */ 8122 } 8123 } 8124 8125 // Restore called_emsg for assert_fails(). 8126 called_emsg = save_called_emsg; 8127 } 8128 8129 /* 8130 * If there is a match fill "shl" and return one. 8131 * Return zero otherwise. 8132 */ 8133 static int 8134 next_search_hl_pos( 8135 match_T *shl, /* points to a match */ 8136 linenr_T lnum, 8137 posmatch_T *posmatch, /* match positions */ 8138 colnr_T mincol) /* minimal column for a match */ 8139 { 8140 int i; 8141 int found = -1; 8142 8143 for (i = posmatch->cur; i < MAXPOSMATCH; i++) 8144 { 8145 llpos_T *pos = &posmatch->pos[i]; 8146 8147 if (pos->lnum == 0) 8148 break; 8149 if (pos->len == 0 && pos->col < mincol) 8150 continue; 8151 if (pos->lnum == lnum) 8152 { 8153 if (found >= 0) 8154 { 8155 /* if this match comes before the one at "found" then swap 8156 * them */ 8157 if (pos->col < posmatch->pos[found].col) 8158 { 8159 llpos_T tmp = *pos; 8160 8161 *pos = posmatch->pos[found]; 8162 posmatch->pos[found] = tmp; 8163 } 8164 } 8165 else 8166 found = i; 8167 } 8168 } 8169 posmatch->cur = 0; 8170 if (found >= 0) 8171 { 8172 colnr_T start = posmatch->pos[found].col == 0 8173 ? 0 : posmatch->pos[found].col - 1; 8174 colnr_T end = posmatch->pos[found].col == 0 8175 ? MAXCOL : start + posmatch->pos[found].len; 8176 8177 shl->lnum = lnum; 8178 shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum = 0; 8179 shl->rm.startpos[0].col = start; 8180 shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum = 0; 8181 shl->rm.endpos[0].col = end; 8182 shl->is_addpos = TRUE; 8183 posmatch->cur = found + 1; 8184 return 1; 8185 } 8186 return 0; 8187 } 8188 #endif 8189 8190 static void 8191 screen_start_highlight(int attr) 8192 { 8193 attrentry_T *aep = NULL; 8194 8195 screen_attr = attr; 8196 if (full_screen 8197 #ifdef WIN3264 8198 && termcap_active 8199 #endif 8200 ) 8201 { 8202 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8203 if (gui.in_use) 8204 { 8205 char buf[20]; 8206 8207 /* The GUI handles this internally. */ 8208 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr); 8209 OUT_STR(buf); 8210 } 8211 else 8212 #endif 8213 { 8214 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 8215 { 8216 if (IS_CTERM) 8217 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr); 8218 else 8219 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr); 8220 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 8221 attr = 0; 8222 else 8223 attr = aep->ae_attr; 8224 } 8225 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && *T_MD != NUL) /* bold */ 8226 out_str(T_MD); 8227 else if (aep != NULL && cterm_normal_fg_bold && ( 8228 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8229 p_tgc && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != CTERMCOLOR 8230 ? aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != INVALCOLOR 8231 : 8232 #endif 8233 t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color)) 8234 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL 8235 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */ 8236 out_str(T_ME); 8237 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && *T_SO != NUL) /* standout */ 8238 out_str(T_SO); 8239 if ((attr & HL_UNDERCURL) && *T_UCS != NUL) /* undercurl */ 8240 out_str(T_UCS); 8241 if (((attr & HL_UNDERLINE) /* underline or undercurl */ 8242 || ((attr & HL_UNDERCURL) && *T_UCS == NUL)) 8243 && *T_US != NUL) 8244 out_str(T_US); 8245 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && *T_CZH != NUL) /* italic */ 8246 out_str(T_CZH); 8247 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && *T_MR != NUL) /* inverse (reverse) */ 8248 out_str(T_MR); 8249 if ((attr & HL_STRIKETHROUGH) && *T_STS != NUL) /* strike */ 8250 out_str(T_STS); 8251 8252 /* 8253 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the 8254 * bold etc. override the color setting. 8255 */ 8256 if (aep != NULL) 8257 { 8258 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8259 /* When 'termguicolors' is set but fg or bg is unset, 8260 * fall back to the cterm colors. This helps for SpellBad, 8261 * where the GUI uses a red undercurl. */ 8262 if (p_tgc && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != CTERMCOLOR) 8263 { 8264 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != INVALCOLOR) 8265 term_fg_rgb_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb); 8266 } 8267 else 8268 #endif 8269 if (t_colors > 1) 8270 { 8271 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) 8272 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1); 8273 } 8274 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8275 if (p_tgc && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb != CTERMCOLOR) 8276 { 8277 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb != INVALCOLOR) 8278 term_bg_rgb_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb); 8279 } 8280 else 8281 #endif 8282 if (t_colors > 1) 8283 { 8284 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) 8285 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1); 8286 } 8287 8288 if (!IS_CTERM) 8289 { 8290 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL) 8291 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start); 8292 } 8293 } 8294 } 8295 } 8296 } 8297 8298 void 8299 screen_stop_highlight(void) 8300 { 8301 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */ 8302 8303 if (screen_attr != 0 8304 #ifdef WIN3264 8305 && termcap_active 8306 #endif 8307 ) 8308 { 8309 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8310 if (gui.in_use) 8311 { 8312 char buf[20]; 8313 8314 /* use internal GUI code */ 8315 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr); 8316 OUT_STR(buf); 8317 } 8318 else 8319 #endif 8320 { 8321 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 8322 { 8323 attrentry_T *aep; 8324 8325 if (IS_CTERM) 8326 { 8327 /* 8328 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors! 8329 */ 8330 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr); 8331 if (aep != NULL && (( 8332 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8333 p_tgc && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != CTERMCOLOR 8334 ? aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != INVALCOLOR 8335 : 8336 #endif 8337 aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) || ( 8338 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8339 p_tgc && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb != CTERMCOLOR 8340 ? aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb != INVALCOLOR 8341 : 8342 #endif 8343 aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color))) 8344 do_ME = TRUE; 8345 } 8346 else 8347 { 8348 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr); 8349 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL) 8350 { 8351 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0) 8352 do_ME = TRUE; 8353 else 8354 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop); 8355 } 8356 } 8357 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 8358 screen_attr = 0; 8359 else 8360 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr; 8361 } 8362 8363 /* 8364 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the 8365 * same sequence several times. 8366 */ 8367 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT) 8368 { 8369 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0) 8370 do_ME = TRUE; 8371 else 8372 out_str(T_SE); 8373 } 8374 if ((screen_attr & HL_UNDERCURL) && *T_UCE != NUL) 8375 { 8376 if (STRCMP(T_UCE, T_ME) == 0) 8377 do_ME = TRUE; 8378 else 8379 out_str(T_UCE); 8380 } 8381 if ((screen_attr & HL_UNDERLINE) 8382 || ((screen_attr & HL_UNDERCURL) && *T_UCE == NUL)) 8383 { 8384 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0) 8385 do_ME = TRUE; 8386 else 8387 out_str(T_UE); 8388 } 8389 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC) 8390 { 8391 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0) 8392 do_ME = TRUE; 8393 else 8394 out_str(T_CZR); 8395 } 8396 if (screen_attr & HL_STRIKETHROUGH) 8397 { 8398 if (STRCMP(T_STE, T_ME) == 0) 8399 do_ME = TRUE; 8400 else 8401 out_str(T_STE); 8402 } 8403 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE))) 8404 out_str(T_ME); 8405 8406 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8407 if (p_tgc) 8408 { 8409 if (cterm_normal_fg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR) 8410 term_fg_rgb_color(cterm_normal_fg_gui_color); 8411 if (cterm_normal_bg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR) 8412 term_bg_rgb_color(cterm_normal_bg_gui_color); 8413 } 8414 else 8415 #endif 8416 { 8417 if (t_colors > 1) 8418 { 8419 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 8420 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0) 8421 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1); 8422 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0) 8423 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1); 8424 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 8425 out_str(T_MD); 8426 } 8427 } 8428 } 8429 } 8430 screen_attr = 0; 8431 } 8432 8433 /* 8434 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim. 8435 * The machine specific code may override this again. 8436 */ 8437 void 8438 reset_cterm_colors(void) 8439 { 8440 if (IS_CTERM) 8441 { 8442 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 8443 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8444 if (p_tgc ? (cterm_normal_fg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR 8445 || cterm_normal_bg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR) 8446 : (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)) 8447 #else 8448 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) 8449 #endif 8450 { 8451 out_str(T_OP); 8452 screen_attr = -1; 8453 } 8454 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 8455 { 8456 out_str(T_ME); 8457 screen_attr = -1; 8458 } 8459 } 8460 } 8461 8462 /* 8463 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col", 8464 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"]. 8465 */ 8466 static void 8467 screen_char(unsigned off, int row, int col) 8468 { 8469 int attr; 8470 8471 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after 8472 * resizing). */ 8473 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns) 8474 return; 8475 8476 /* Outputting a character in the last cell on the screen may scroll the 8477 * screen up. Only do it when the "xn" termcap property is set, otherwise 8478 * mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up). */ 8479 if (*T_XN == NUL 8480 && row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1 8481 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8482 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */ 8483 && !cmdmsg_rl 8484 #endif 8485 ) 8486 { 8487 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 8488 return; 8489 } 8490 8491 /* 8492 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor. 8493 */ 8494 if (screen_char_attr != 0) 8495 attr = screen_char_attr; 8496 else 8497 attr = ScreenAttrs[off]; 8498 if (screen_attr != attr) 8499 screen_stop_highlight(); 8500 8501 windgoto(row, col); 8502 8503 if (screen_attr != attr) 8504 screen_start_highlight(attr); 8505 8506 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8507 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 8508 { 8509 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 8510 8511 if (utf_ambiguous_width(ScreenLinesUC[off])) 8512 { 8513 if (*p_ambw == 'd' 8514 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8515 && !gui.in_use 8516 # endif 8517 ) 8518 { 8519 /* Clear the two screen cells. If the character is actually 8520 * single width it won't change the second cell. */ 8521 out_str((char_u *)" "); 8522 term_windgoto(row, col); 8523 } 8524 /* not sure where the cursor is after drawing the ambiguous width 8525 * character */ 8526 screen_cur_col = 9999; 8527 } 8528 else if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1) 8529 ++screen_cur_col; 8530 8531 /* Convert the UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */ 8532 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL; 8533 out_str(buf); 8534 } 8535 else 8536 #endif 8537 { 8538 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8539 out_flush_check(); 8540 #endif 8541 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 8542 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8543 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */ 8544 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 8545 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 8546 #endif 8547 } 8548 8549 screen_cur_col++; 8550 } 8551 8552 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8553 8554 /* 8555 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"] 8556 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'. 8557 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to 8558 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between. 8559 */ 8560 static void 8561 screen_char_2(unsigned off, int row, int col) 8562 { 8563 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */ 8564 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns)) 8565 return; 8566 8567 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. 8568 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ 8569 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2) 8570 { 8571 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 8572 return; 8573 } 8574 8575 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the 8576 * second byte directly. */ 8577 screen_char(off, row, col); 8578 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]); 8579 ++screen_cur_col; 8580 } 8581 #endif 8582 8583 /* 8584 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE. 8585 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it. 8586 */ 8587 void 8588 screen_draw_rectangle( 8589 int row, 8590 int col, 8591 int height, 8592 int width, 8593 int invert) 8594 { 8595 int r, c; 8596 int off; 8597 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8598 int max_off; 8599 #endif 8600 8601 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ 8602 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 8603 return; 8604 8605 if (invert) 8606 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE; 8607 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r) 8608 { 8609 off = LineOffset[r]; 8610 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8611 max_off = off + screen_Columns; 8612 #endif 8613 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c) 8614 { 8615 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8616 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) 8617 { 8618 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c); 8619 ++c; 8620 } 8621 else 8622 #endif 8623 { 8624 screen_char(off + c, r, c); 8625 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8626 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) 8627 ++c; 8628 #endif 8629 } 8630 } 8631 } 8632 screen_char_attr = 0; 8633 } 8634 8635 /* 8636 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window. 8637 */ 8638 static void 8639 redraw_block(int row, int end, win_T *wp) 8640 { 8641 int col; 8642 int width; 8643 8644 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 8645 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1); 8646 # endif 8647 8648 if (wp == NULL) 8649 { 8650 col = 0; 8651 width = Columns; 8652 } 8653 else 8654 { 8655 col = wp->w_wincol; 8656 width = wp->w_width; 8657 } 8658 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE); 8659 } 8660 8661 static void 8662 space_to_screenline(int off, int attr) 8663 { 8664 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 8665 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 8666 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8667 if (enc_utf8) 8668 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 8669 # endif 8670 } 8671 8672 /* 8673 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col' 8674 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns. 8675 * Use attributes 'attr'. 8676 */ 8677 void 8678 screen_fill( 8679 int start_row, 8680 int end_row, 8681 int start_col, 8682 int end_col, 8683 int c1, 8684 int c2, 8685 int attr) 8686 { 8687 int row; 8688 int col; 8689 int off; 8690 int end_off; 8691 int did_delete; 8692 int c; 8693 int norm_term; 8694 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8695 int force_next = FALSE; 8696 #endif 8697 8698 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 8699 end_row = screen_Rows; 8700 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */ 8701 end_col = screen_Columns; 8702 if (ScreenLines == NULL 8703 || start_row >= end_row 8704 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */ 8705 return; 8706 8707 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */ 8708 norm_term = ( 8709 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8710 !gui.in_use && 8711 #endif 8712 !IS_CTERM); 8713 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row) 8714 { 8715 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8716 if (has_mbyte 8717 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8718 && !gui.in_use 8719 # endif 8720 ) 8721 { 8722 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear 8723 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a 8724 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a 8725 * terminal. */ 8726 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col) 8727 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0); 8728 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col) 8729 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0); 8730 } 8731 #endif 8732 /* 8733 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a 8734 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a 8735 * space. 8736 */ 8737 did_delete = FALSE; 8738 if (c2 == ' ' 8739 && end_col == Columns 8740 && can_clear(T_CE) 8741 && (attr == 0 8742 || (norm_term 8743 && attr <= HL_ALL 8744 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0)))) 8745 { 8746 /* 8747 * check if we really need to clear something 8748 */ 8749 col = start_col; 8750 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */ 8751 ++col; 8752 8753 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 8754 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col; 8755 8756 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */ 8757 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8758 if (enc_utf8) 8759 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 8760 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0) 8761 ++off; 8762 else 8763 #endif 8764 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 8765 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0) 8766 ++off; 8767 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */ 8768 { 8769 col = off - LineOffset[row]; 8770 screen_stop_highlight(); 8771 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */ 8772 out_str(T_CE); 8773 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8774 col = end_col - col; 8775 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */ 8776 { 8777 space_to_screenline(off, 0); 8778 ++off; 8779 } 8780 } 8781 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */ 8782 } 8783 8784 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col; 8785 c = c1; 8786 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col) 8787 { 8788 if (ScreenLines[off] != c 8789 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8790 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off] 8791 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 8792 #endif 8793 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 8794 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8795 || force_next 8796 #endif 8797 ) 8798 { 8799 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8800 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in 8801 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the 8802 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our 8803 * own GUI and for some xterms. */ 8804 if ( 8805 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8806 gui.in_use 8807 # endif 8808 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 8809 || 8810 # endif 8811 # ifdef UNIX 8812 term_is_xterm 8813 # endif 8814 ) 8815 { 8816 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' ' 8817 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL 8818 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD)) 8819 force_next = TRUE; 8820 else 8821 force_next = FALSE; 8822 } 8823 #endif 8824 ScreenLines[off] = c; 8825 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8826 if (enc_utf8) 8827 { 8828 if (c >= 0x80) 8829 { 8830 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c; 8831 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0; 8832 } 8833 else 8834 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 8835 } 8836 #endif 8837 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 8838 if (!did_delete || c != ' ') 8839 screen_char(off, row, col); 8840 } 8841 ++off; 8842 if (col == start_col) 8843 { 8844 if (did_delete) 8845 break; 8846 c = c2; 8847 } 8848 } 8849 if (end_col == Columns) 8850 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 8851 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */ 8852 { 8853 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 8854 if (start_col == 0 && end_col == Columns 8855 && c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ' && attr == 0) 8856 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */ 8857 if (start_col == 0) 8858 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */ 8859 } 8860 } 8861 } 8862 8863 /* 8864 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the 8865 * screen or the command line. 8866 */ 8867 void 8868 check_for_delay(int check_msg_scroll) 8869 { 8870 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll)) 8871 && !did_wait_return 8872 && emsg_silent == 0) 8873 { 8874 out_flush(); 8875 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); 8876 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 8877 if (check_msg_scroll) 8878 msg_scroll = FALSE; 8879 } 8880 } 8881 8882 /* 8883 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed 8884 * If "doclear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized. 8885 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to. 8886 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet. 8887 */ 8888 int 8889 screen_valid(int doclear) 8890 { 8891 screenalloc(doclear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 8892 return (ScreenLines != NULL); 8893 } 8894 8895 /* 8896 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns. 8897 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items. 8898 * 8899 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating 8900 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing 8901 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items 8902 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the 8903 * final size of the shell is needed. 8904 */ 8905 void 8906 screenalloc(int doclear) 8907 { 8908 int new_row, old_row; 8909 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8910 int old_Rows; 8911 #endif 8912 win_T *wp; 8913 int outofmem = FALSE; 8914 int len; 8915 schar_T *new_ScreenLines; 8916 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8917 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; 8918 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO]; 8919 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; 8920 int i; 8921 #endif 8922 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs; 8923 unsigned *new_LineOffset; 8924 char_u *new_LineWraps; 8925 short *new_TabPageIdxs; 8926 tabpage_T *tp; 8927 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */ 8928 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */ 8929 int retry_count = 0; 8930 8931 retry: 8932 /* 8933 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and 8934 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full 8935 * screen stuff. 8936 */ 8937 if ((ScreenLines != NULL 8938 && Rows == screen_Rows 8939 && Columns == screen_Columns 8940 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8941 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL) 8942 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL) 8943 && p_mco == Screen_mco 8944 #endif 8945 ) 8946 || Rows == 0 8947 || Columns == 0 8948 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL)) 8949 return; 8950 8951 /* 8952 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which 8953 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just 8954 * return here. 8955 */ 8956 if (entered) 8957 return; 8958 entered = TRUE; 8959 8960 /* 8961 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays, 8962 * thus we must not redraw here! 8963 */ 8964 ++RedrawingDisabled; 8965 8966 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */ 8967 8968 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */ 8969 8970 /* 8971 * We're changing the size of the screen. 8972 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs. 8973 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra 8974 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared). 8975 * - Free the old arrays. 8976 * 8977 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything! 8978 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the 8979 * size is wrong. 8980 */ 8981 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 8982 win_free_lsize(wp); 8983 if (aucmd_win != NULL) 8984 win_free_lsize(aucmd_win); 8985 8986 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8987 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 8988 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8989 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T *) * MAX_MCO); 8990 if (enc_utf8) 8991 { 8992 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8993 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 8994 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8995 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc_clear((long_u)( 8996 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 8997 } 8998 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 8999 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 9000 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 9001 #endif 9002 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 9003 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); 9004 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)( 9005 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE); 9006 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE); 9007 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE); 9008 9009 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 9010 { 9011 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL) 9012 { 9013 outofmem = TRUE; 9014 goto give_up; 9015 } 9016 } 9017 if (aucmd_win != NULL && aucmd_win->w_lines == NULL 9018 && win_alloc_lines(aucmd_win) == FAIL) 9019 outofmem = TRUE; 9020 give_up: 9021 9022 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9023 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 9024 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL) 9025 break; 9026 #endif 9027 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL 9028 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9029 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco)) 9030 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL) 9031 #endif 9032 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL 9033 || new_LineOffset == NULL 9034 || new_LineWraps == NULL 9035 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL 9036 || outofmem) 9037 { 9038 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg) 9039 { 9040 /* guess the size */ 9041 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns)); 9042 9043 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over 9044 * and over again. */ 9045 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE; 9046 } 9047 VIM_CLEAR(new_ScreenLines); 9048 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9049 VIM_CLEAR(new_ScreenLinesUC); 9050 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 9051 VIM_CLEAR(new_ScreenLinesC[i]); 9052 VIM_CLEAR(new_ScreenLines2); 9053 #endif 9054 VIM_CLEAR(new_ScreenAttrs); 9055 VIM_CLEAR(new_LineOffset); 9056 VIM_CLEAR(new_LineWraps); 9057 VIM_CLEAR(new_TabPageIdxs); 9058 } 9059 else 9060 { 9061 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; 9062 9063 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row) 9064 { 9065 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns; 9066 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE; 9067 9068 /* 9069 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as 9070 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest 9071 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when 9072 * executing an external command, for the GUI). 9073 */ 9074 if (!doclear) 9075 { 9076 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns, 9077 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 9078 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9079 if (enc_utf8) 9080 { 9081 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns, 9082 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 9083 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 9084 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i] 9085 + new_row * Columns, 9086 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 9087 } 9088 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 9089 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns, 9090 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 9091 #endif 9092 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns, 9093 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); 9094 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows); 9095 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL) 9096 { 9097 if (screen_Columns < Columns) 9098 len = screen_Columns; 9099 else 9100 len = Columns; 9101 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9102 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they 9103 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */ 9104 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL) 9105 && p_mco == Screen_mco) 9106 #endif 9107 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row], 9108 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row], 9109 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 9110 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9111 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL 9112 && p_mco == Screen_mco) 9113 { 9114 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row], 9115 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row], 9116 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 9117 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 9118 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i] 9119 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 9120 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row], 9121 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 9122 } 9123 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL) 9124 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 9125 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row], 9126 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 9127 #endif 9128 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row], 9129 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row], 9130 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T)); 9131 } 9132 } 9133 } 9134 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */ 9135 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns; 9136 } 9137 9138 free_screenlines(); 9139 9140 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines; 9141 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9142 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC; 9143 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 9144 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i]; 9145 Screen_mco = p_mco; 9146 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2; 9147 #endif 9148 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs; 9149 LineOffset = new_LineOffset; 9150 LineWraps = new_LineWraps; 9151 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs; 9152 9153 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual 9154 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */ 9155 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9156 old_Rows = screen_Rows; 9157 #endif 9158 screen_Rows = Rows; 9159 screen_Columns = Columns; 9160 9161 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */ 9162 if (doclear) 9163 screenclear2(); 9164 9165 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9166 else if (gui.in_use 9167 && !gui.starting 9168 && ScreenLines != NULL 9169 && old_Rows != Rows) 9170 { 9171 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0); 9172 /* 9173 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external 9174 * command. 9175 */ 9176 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */ 9177 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */ 9178 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */ 9179 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */ 9180 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */ 9181 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */ 9182 } 9183 #endif 9184 9185 entered = FALSE; 9186 --RedrawingDisabled; 9187 9188 /* 9189 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop 9190 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns. 9191 */ 9192 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3) 9193 { 9194 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 9195 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns, 9196 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */ 9197 goto retry; 9198 } 9199 } 9200 9201 void 9202 free_screenlines(void) 9203 { 9204 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9205 int i; 9206 9207 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC); 9208 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 9209 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]); 9210 vim_free(ScreenLines2); 9211 #endif 9212 vim_free(ScreenLines); 9213 vim_free(ScreenAttrs); 9214 vim_free(LineOffset); 9215 vim_free(LineWraps); 9216 vim_free(TabPageIdxs); 9217 } 9218 9219 void 9220 screenclear(void) 9221 { 9222 check_for_delay(FALSE); 9223 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 9224 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */ 9225 } 9226 9227 static void 9228 screenclear2(void) 9229 { 9230 int i; 9231 9232 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL 9233 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9234 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting) 9235 #endif 9236 ) 9237 return; 9238 9239 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9240 if (!gui.in_use) 9241 #endif 9242 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */ 9243 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */ 9244 9245 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9246 /* disable selection without redrawing it */ 9247 clip_scroll_selection(9999); 9248 #endif 9249 9250 /* blank out ScreenLines */ 9251 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 9252 { 9253 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns, 0); 9254 LineWraps[i] = FALSE; 9255 } 9256 9257 if (can_clear(T_CL)) 9258 { 9259 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */ 9260 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 9261 mode_displayed = FALSE; 9262 } 9263 else 9264 { 9265 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */ 9266 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 9267 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); 9268 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 9269 } 9270 9271 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */ 9272 9273 win_rest_invalid(firstwin); 9274 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9275 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 9276 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */ 9277 must_redraw = NOT_VALID; 9278 compute_cmdrow(); 9279 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */ 9280 msg_col = 0; 9281 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9282 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */ 9283 msg_didany = FALSE; 9284 msg_didout = FALSE; 9285 } 9286 9287 /* 9288 * Clear one line in ScreenLines. 9289 */ 9290 static void 9291 lineclear(unsigned off, int width, int attr) 9292 { 9293 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T)); 9294 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9295 if (enc_utf8) 9296 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, 9297 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 9298 #endif 9299 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, attr, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 9300 } 9301 9302 /* 9303 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an 9304 * invalid value. 9305 */ 9306 static void 9307 lineinvalid(unsigned off, int width) 9308 { 9309 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 9310 } 9311 9312 /* 9313 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp". 9314 */ 9315 static void 9316 linecopy(int to, int from, win_T *wp) 9317 { 9318 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol; 9319 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol; 9320 9321 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from, 9322 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 9323 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9324 if (enc_utf8) 9325 { 9326 int i; 9327 9328 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from, 9329 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 9330 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 9331 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from, 9332 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 9333 } 9334 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 9335 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from, 9336 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 9337 #endif 9338 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from, 9339 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 9340 } 9341 9342 /* 9343 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work. 9344 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background. 9345 */ 9346 int 9347 can_clear(char_u *p) 9348 { 9349 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1 9350 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9351 || gui.in_use 9352 #endif 9353 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 9354 || (p_tgc && cterm_normal_bg_gui_color == INVALCOLOR) 9355 || (!p_tgc && cterm_normal_bg_color == 0) 9356 #else 9357 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 9358 #endif 9359 || *T_UT != NUL)); 9360 } 9361 9362 /* 9363 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting 9364 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control 9365 * code. 9366 */ 9367 void 9368 screen_start(void) 9369 { 9370 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999; 9371 } 9372 9373 /* 9374 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen. 9375 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of 9376 * characters sent to the terminal. 9377 */ 9378 void 9379 windgoto(int row, int col) 9380 { 9381 sattr_T *p; 9382 int i; 9383 int plan; 9384 int cost; 9385 int wouldbe_col; 9386 int noinvcurs; 9387 char_u *bs; 9388 int goto_cost; 9389 int attr; 9390 9391 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */ 9392 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */ 9393 9394 #define PLAN_LE 1 9395 #define PLAN_CR 2 9396 #define PLAN_NL 3 9397 #define PLAN_WRITE 4 9398 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ 9399 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 9400 return; 9401 9402 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row) 9403 { 9404 /* Check for valid position. */ 9405 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */ 9406 row = 0; 9407 if (row >= screen_Rows) 9408 row = screen_Rows - 1; 9409 if (col >= screen_Columns) 9410 col = screen_Columns - 1; 9411 9412 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */ 9413 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL) 9414 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST; 9415 else 9416 noinvcurs = 0; 9417 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs; 9418 9419 /* 9420 * Plan how to do the positioning: 9421 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row. 9422 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left. 9423 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0. 9424 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars. 9425 * 9426 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor 9427 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't ) 9428 * 9429 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write 9430 * characters to move the cursor to the right. 9431 */ 9432 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns) 9433 { 9434 /* 9435 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR 9436 * or T_LE. 9437 */ 9438 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 9439 attr = screen_attr; 9440 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col) 9441 { 9442 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */ 9443 if (*T_LE) 9444 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */ 9445 else 9446 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */ 9447 if (*bs) 9448 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs); 9449 else 9450 cost = 999; 9451 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */ 9452 { 9453 plan = PLAN_CR; 9454 wouldbe_col = 0; 9455 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */ 9456 } 9457 else 9458 { 9459 plan = PLAN_LE; 9460 wouldbe_col = col; 9461 } 9462 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 9463 { 9464 cost += noinvcurs; 9465 attr = 0; 9466 } 9467 } 9468 9469 /* 9470 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF. 9471 */ 9472 else if (row > screen_cur_row) 9473 { 9474 plan = PLAN_NL; 9475 wouldbe_col = 0; 9476 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */ 9477 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 9478 { 9479 cost += noinvcurs; 9480 attr = 0; 9481 } 9482 } 9483 9484 /* 9485 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write. 9486 */ 9487 else 9488 { 9489 plan = PLAN_WRITE; 9490 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col; 9491 cost = 0; 9492 } 9493 9494 /* 9495 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the 9496 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters. 9497 */ 9498 i = col - wouldbe_col; 9499 if (i > 0) 9500 cost += i; 9501 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0) 9502 { 9503 /* 9504 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally 9505 * stopping highlighting. 9506 */ 9507 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col; 9508 while (i && *p++ == attr) 9509 --i; 9510 if (i != 0) 9511 { 9512 /* 9513 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here. 9514 */ 9515 if (*--p == 0) 9516 { 9517 cost += noinvcurs; 9518 while (i && *p++ == 0) 9519 --i; 9520 } 9521 if (i != 0) 9522 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */ 9523 } 9524 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9525 if (enc_utf8) 9526 { 9527 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */ 9528 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i) 9529 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0) 9530 { 9531 cost = 999; 9532 break; 9533 } 9534 } 9535 #endif 9536 } 9537 9538 /* 9539 * We can do it without term_windgoto()! 9540 */ 9541 if (cost < goto_cost) 9542 { 9543 if (plan == PLAN_LE) 9544 { 9545 if (noinvcurs) 9546 screen_stop_highlight(); 9547 while (screen_cur_col > col) 9548 { 9549 out_str(bs); 9550 --screen_cur_col; 9551 } 9552 } 9553 else if (plan == PLAN_CR) 9554 { 9555 if (noinvcurs) 9556 screen_stop_highlight(); 9557 out_char('\r'); 9558 screen_cur_col = 0; 9559 } 9560 else if (plan == PLAN_NL) 9561 { 9562 if (noinvcurs) 9563 screen_stop_highlight(); 9564 while (screen_cur_row < row) 9565 { 9566 out_char('\n'); 9567 ++screen_cur_row; 9568 } 9569 screen_cur_col = 0; 9570 } 9571 9572 i = col - screen_cur_col; 9573 if (i > 0) 9574 { 9575 /* 9576 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids 9577 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when 9578 * using the bold trick in the GUI. 9579 */ 9580 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL) 9581 { 9582 while (i-- > 0) 9583 out_char(*T_ND); 9584 } 9585 else 9586 { 9587 int off; 9588 9589 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col; 9590 while (i-- > 0) 9591 { 9592 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr) 9593 screen_stop_highlight(); 9594 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9595 out_flush_check(); 9596 #endif 9597 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 9598 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9599 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 9600 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 9601 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 9602 #endif 9603 ++off; 9604 } 9605 } 9606 } 9607 } 9608 } 9609 else 9610 cost = 999; 9611 9612 if (cost >= goto_cost) 9613 { 9614 if (noinvcurs) 9615 screen_stop_highlight(); 9616 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) 9617 && *T_CRI != NUL) 9618 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col); 9619 else 9620 term_windgoto(row, col); 9621 } 9622 screen_cur_row = row; 9623 screen_cur_col = col; 9624 } 9625 } 9626 9627 /* 9628 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. 9629 */ 9630 void 9631 setcursor(void) 9632 { 9633 setcursor_mayforce(FALSE); 9634 } 9635 9636 /* 9637 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. 9638 * When "force" is TRUE also when not redrawing. 9639 */ 9640 void 9641 setcursor_mayforce(int force) 9642 { 9643 if (force || redrawing()) 9644 { 9645 validate_cursor(); 9646 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow, 9647 curwin->w_wincol + ( 9648 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9649 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide 9650 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */ 9651 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)curwin->w_width - curwin->w_wcol - ( 9652 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9653 (has_mbyte 9654 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2 9655 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 : 9656 # endif 9657 1)) : 9658 #endif 9659 curwin->w_wcol)); 9660 } 9661 } 9662 9663 9664 /* 9665 * Insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp'. 9666 * If 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated. 9667 * If 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 9668 * scrolling. 9669 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success. 9670 */ 9671 int 9672 win_ins_lines( 9673 win_T *wp, 9674 int row, 9675 int line_count, 9676 int invalid, 9677 int mayclear) 9678 { 9679 int did_delete; 9680 int nextrow; 9681 int lastrow; 9682 int retval; 9683 9684 if (invalid) 9685 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 9686 9687 if (wp->w_height < 5) 9688 return FAIL; 9689 9690 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 9691 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 9692 9693 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE, 0); 9694 if (retval != MAYBE) 9695 return retval; 9696 9697 /* 9698 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the 9699 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window. 9700 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid 9701 * messing up those windows, better just redraw. 9702 */ 9703 did_delete = FALSE; 9704 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height) 9705 { 9706 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 9707 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, 0, NULL) == OK) 9708 did_delete = TRUE; 9709 else if (wp->w_next) 9710 return FAIL; 9711 } 9712 /* 9713 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window 9714 */ 9715 if (!did_delete) 9716 { 9717 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9718 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9719 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + wp->w_status_height; 9720 lastrow = nextrow + line_count; 9721 if (lastrow > Rows) 9722 lastrow = Rows; 9723 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count, 9724 wp->w_wincol, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 9725 ' ', ' ', 0); 9726 } 9727 9728 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, 0, NULL) 9729 == FAIL) 9730 { 9731 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */ 9732 if (did_delete) 9733 { 9734 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9735 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp)); 9736 } 9737 return FAIL; 9738 } 9739 9740 return OK; 9741 } 9742 9743 /* 9744 * Delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp". 9745 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated. 9746 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 9747 * scrolling 9748 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 9749 */ 9750 int 9751 win_del_lines( 9752 win_T *wp, 9753 int row, 9754 int line_count, 9755 int invalid, 9756 int mayclear, 9757 int clear_attr) /* for clearing lines */ 9758 { 9759 int retval; 9760 9761 if (invalid) 9762 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 9763 9764 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 9765 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 9766 9767 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE, clear_attr); 9768 if (retval != MAYBE) 9769 return retval; 9770 9771 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, 9772 (int)Rows, FALSE, clear_attr, NULL) == FAIL) 9773 return FAIL; 9774 9775 /* 9776 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the 9777 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn. 9778 */ 9779 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 9780 { 9781 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 9782 line_count, (int)Rows, clear_attr, NULL) == FAIL) 9783 { 9784 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9785 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next); 9786 } 9787 } 9788 /* 9789 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the 9790 * command line later. 9791 */ 9792 else 9793 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9794 return OK; 9795 } 9796 9797 /* 9798 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines(). 9799 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done. 9800 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet. 9801 */ 9802 static int 9803 win_do_lines( 9804 win_T *wp, 9805 int row, 9806 int line_count, 9807 int mayclear, 9808 int del, 9809 int clear_attr) 9810 { 9811 int retval; 9812 9813 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0) 9814 return FAIL; 9815 9816 /* When inserting lines would result in loss of command output, just redraw 9817 * the lines. */ 9818 if (no_win_do_lines_ins && !del) 9819 return FAIL; 9820 9821 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */ 9822 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5 && wp->w_width == Columns) 9823 { 9824 if (!no_win_do_lines_ins) 9825 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */ 9826 return FAIL; 9827 } 9828 9829 /* 9830 * Delete all remaining lines 9831 */ 9832 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height) 9833 { 9834 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 9835 wp->w_wincol, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 9836 ' ', ' ', 0); 9837 return OK; 9838 } 9839 9840 /* 9841 * When scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared, 9842 * otherwise it will stay there forever. 9843 * Don't do this when avoiding to insert lines. 9844 */ 9845 if (!no_win_do_lines_ins) 9846 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 9847 9848 /* 9849 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that. 9850 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from 9851 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using 9852 * win_line(). 9853 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing 9854 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region may cause a 9855 * scroll-up . 9856 */ 9857 if (scroll_region || wp->w_width != Columns) 9858 { 9859 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 9860 scroll_region_set(wp, row); 9861 if (del) 9862 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 9863 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, clear_attr, wp); 9864 else 9865 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 9866 wp->w_height - row, clear_attr, wp); 9867 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 9868 scroll_region_reset(); 9869 return retval; 9870 } 9871 9872 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */ 9873 return FAIL; 9874 9875 return MAYBE; 9876 } 9877 9878 /* 9879 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw 9880 */ 9881 static void 9882 win_rest_invalid(win_T *wp) 9883 { 9884 while (wp != NULL) 9885 { 9886 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); 9887 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9888 wp = wp->w_next; 9889 } 9890 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9891 } 9892 9893 /* 9894 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The 9895 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding 9896 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor 9897 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen. 9898 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually 9899 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate 9900 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works. 9901 */ 9902 9903 /* 9904 * types for inserting or deleting lines 9905 */ 9906 #define USE_T_CAL 1 9907 #define USE_T_CDL 2 9908 #define USE_T_AL 3 9909 #define USE_T_CE 4 9910 #define USE_T_DL 5 9911 #define USE_T_SR 6 9912 #define USE_NL 7 9913 #define USE_T_CD 8 9914 #define USE_REDRAW 9 9915 9916 /* 9917 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] 9918 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 9919 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. 9920 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. 9921 * 9922 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success. 9923 */ 9924 int 9925 screen_ins_lines( 9926 int off, 9927 int row, 9928 int line_count, 9929 int end, 9930 int clear_attr, 9931 win_T *wp) /* NULL or window to use width from */ 9932 { 9933 int i; 9934 int j; 9935 unsigned temp; 9936 int cursor_row; 9937 int cursor_col = 0; 9938 int type; 9939 int result_empty; 9940 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE); 9941 9942 /* 9943 * FAIL if 9944 * - there is no valid screen 9945 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 9946 * - the line count is less than one 9947 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 9948 * - redrawing for a callback and there is a modeless selection 9949 */ 9950 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll 9951 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9952 || (clip_star.state != SELECT_CLEARED 9953 && redrawing_for_callback > 0) 9954 #endif 9955 ) 9956 return FAIL; 9957 9958 /* 9959 * There are seven ways to insert lines: 9960 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 9961 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 9962 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of 9963 * the insert is just empty lines 9964 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not 9965 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts 9966 * at once. 9967 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the 9968 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count > 9969 * 1. 9970 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists. 9971 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 9972 * just empty lines. 9973 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 9974 * just empty lines. 9975 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and 9976 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability. 9977 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 9978 * 9979 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves 9980 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it 9981 * exists. 9982 */ 9983 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end); 9984 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 9985 type = USE_REDRAW; 9986 else if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 9987 type = USE_T_CD; 9988 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL)) 9989 type = USE_T_CAL; 9990 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce)) 9991 type = USE_T_CDL; 9992 else if (*T_AL != NUL) 9993 type = USE_T_AL; 9994 else if (can_ce && result_empty) 9995 type = USE_T_CE; 9996 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty) 9997 type = USE_T_DL; 9998 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce)) 9999 type = USE_T_SR; 10000 else 10001 return FAIL; 10002 10003 /* 10004 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take 10005 * care of t_db if necessary. 10006 */ 10007 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL || 10008 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL) 10009 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, 0, wp); 10010 10011 /* 10012 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many 10013 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that 10014 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines. 10015 */ 10016 if (*T_DB) 10017 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, 0, wp); 10018 10019 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 10020 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen 10021 * or not the full width of the screen. */ 10022 if (off + row > 0 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)) 10023 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); 10024 else 10025 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count); 10026 #endif 10027 10028 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10029 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 10030 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 10031 gui_dont_update_cursor(row + off <= gui.cursor_row); 10032 #endif 10033 10034 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_wincol != 0 && *T_CSV != NUL && *T_CCS == NUL) 10035 cursor_col = wp->w_wincol; 10036 10037 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 10038 cursor_row = row; 10039 else 10040 cursor_row = row + off; 10041 10042 /* 10043 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines. 10044 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 10045 */ 10046 row += off; 10047 end += off; 10048 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 10049 { 10050 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 10051 { 10052 /* need to copy part of a line */ 10053 j = end - 1 - i; 10054 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 10055 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp); 10056 j += line_count; 10057 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 10058 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width, 10059 clear_attr); 10060 else 10061 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 10062 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 10063 } 10064 else 10065 { 10066 j = end - 1 - i; 10067 temp = LineOffset[j]; 10068 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 10069 { 10070 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 10071 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 10072 } 10073 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp; 10074 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE; 10075 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 10076 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns, clear_attr); 10077 else 10078 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 10079 } 10080 } 10081 10082 screen_stop_highlight(); 10083 windgoto(cursor_row, cursor_col); 10084 if (clear_attr != 0) 10085 screen_start_highlight(clear_attr); 10086 10087 /* redraw the characters */ 10088 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 10089 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 10090 else if (type == USE_T_CAL) 10091 { 10092 term_append_lines(line_count); 10093 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10094 } 10095 else 10096 { 10097 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++) 10098 { 10099 if (type == USE_T_AL) 10100 { 10101 if (i && cursor_row != 0) 10102 windgoto(cursor_row, cursor_col); 10103 out_str(T_AL); 10104 } 10105 else /* type == USE_T_SR */ 10106 out_str(T_SR); 10107 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10108 } 10109 } 10110 10111 /* 10112 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that 10113 * have been scrolled down into the region. 10114 */ 10115 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA) 10116 { 10117 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 10118 { 10119 windgoto(off + i, cursor_col); 10120 out_str(T_CE); 10121 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10122 } 10123 } 10124 10125 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10126 gui_can_update_cursor(); 10127 if (gui.in_use) 10128 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 10129 #endif 10130 return OK; 10131 } 10132 10133 /* 10134 * Delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[]. 10135 * "end" is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 10136 * When scrolling region used "off" is the offset from the top for the region. 10137 * "row" and "end" are relative to the start of the region. 10138 * 10139 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 10140 */ 10141 int 10142 screen_del_lines( 10143 int off, 10144 int row, 10145 int line_count, 10146 int end, 10147 int force, /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */ 10148 int clear_attr, /* used for clearing lines */ 10149 win_T *wp UNUSED) /* NULL or window to use width from */ 10150 { 10151 int j; 10152 int i; 10153 unsigned temp; 10154 int cursor_row; 10155 int cursor_col = 0; 10156 int cursor_end; 10157 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */ 10158 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */ 10159 int type; 10160 10161 /* 10162 * FAIL if 10163 * - there is no valid screen 10164 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 10165 * - the line count is less than one 10166 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 10167 * - redrawing for a callback and there is a modeless selection 10168 */ 10169 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 10170 || (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll) 10171 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 10172 || (clip_star.state != SELECT_CLEARED 10173 && redrawing_for_callback > 0) 10174 #endif 10175 ) 10176 return FAIL; 10177 10178 /* 10179 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty. 10180 */ 10181 result_empty = row + line_count >= end; 10182 10183 /* 10184 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option 10185 * available. 10186 */ 10187 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE)); 10188 10189 /* 10190 * There are six ways to delete lines: 10191 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 10192 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 10193 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty. 10194 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist. 10195 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or 10196 * none of the other ways work. 10197 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty. 10198 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists. 10199 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 10200 */ 10201 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 10202 type = USE_REDRAW; 10203 else if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 10204 type = USE_T_CD; 10205 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8) 10206 /* 10207 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in 10208 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB != 10209 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_* 10210 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do 10211 * the trick... 10212 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release. 10213 * (Olaf Seibert) 10214 */ 10215 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option 10216 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL)) 10217 #else 10218 else if (row == 0 && ( 10219 #ifndef AMIGA 10220 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll 10221 * up, so use delete-line command */ 10222 line_count == 1 || 10223 #endif 10224 *T_CDL == NUL)) 10225 #endif 10226 type = USE_NL; 10227 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete) 10228 type = USE_T_CDL; 10229 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty 10230 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns)) 10231 type = USE_T_CE; 10232 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete) 10233 type = USE_T_DL; 10234 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete) 10235 type = USE_T_CDL; 10236 else 10237 return FAIL; 10238 10239 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 10240 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or 10241 * not the full width of the screen. */ 10242 if (off + row > 0 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)) 10243 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); 10244 else 10245 clip_scroll_selection(line_count); 10246 #endif 10247 10248 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10249 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 10250 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 10251 gui_dont_update_cursor(gui.cursor_row >= row + off 10252 && gui.cursor_row < end + off); 10253 #endif 10254 10255 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_wincol != 0 && *T_CSV != NUL && *T_CCS == NUL) 10256 cursor_col = wp->w_wincol; 10257 10258 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 10259 { 10260 cursor_row = row; 10261 cursor_end = end; 10262 } 10263 else 10264 { 10265 cursor_row = row + off; 10266 cursor_end = end + off; 10267 } 10268 10269 /* 10270 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines. 10271 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 10272 */ 10273 row += off; 10274 end += off; 10275 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 10276 { 10277 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 10278 { 10279 /* need to copy part of a line */ 10280 j = row + i; 10281 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 10282 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp); 10283 j -= line_count; 10284 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 10285 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width, 10286 clear_attr); 10287 else 10288 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 10289 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 10290 } 10291 else 10292 { 10293 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */ 10294 j = row + i; 10295 temp = LineOffset[j]; 10296 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 10297 { 10298 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 10299 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 10300 } 10301 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp; 10302 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE; 10303 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 10304 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns, clear_attr); 10305 else 10306 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 10307 } 10308 } 10309 10310 if (screen_attr != clear_attr) 10311 screen_stop_highlight(); 10312 if (clear_attr != 0) 10313 screen_start_highlight(clear_attr); 10314 10315 /* redraw the characters */ 10316 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 10317 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 10318 else if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */ 10319 { 10320 windgoto(cursor_row, cursor_col); 10321 out_str(T_CD); 10322 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10323 } 10324 else if (type == USE_T_CDL) 10325 { 10326 windgoto(cursor_row, cursor_col); 10327 term_delete_lines(line_count); 10328 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10329 } 10330 /* 10331 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll 10332 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the 10333 * last line. 10334 */ 10335 else if (type == USE_NL) 10336 { 10337 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, cursor_col); 10338 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 10339 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */ 10340 } 10341 else 10342 { 10343 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 10344 { 10345 if (type == USE_T_DL) 10346 { 10347 windgoto(cursor_row, cursor_col); 10348 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */ 10349 } 10350 else /* type == USE_T_CE */ 10351 { 10352 windgoto(cursor_row + i, cursor_col); 10353 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 10354 } 10355 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10356 } 10357 } 10358 10359 /* 10360 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been 10361 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region. 10362 */ 10363 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL)) 10364 { 10365 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i) 10366 { 10367 windgoto(cursor_end - i, cursor_col); 10368 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 10369 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10370 } 10371 } 10372 10373 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10374 gui_can_update_cursor(); 10375 if (gui.in_use) 10376 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 10377 #endif 10378 10379 return OK; 10380 } 10381 10382 /* 10383 * Show the current mode and ruler. 10384 * 10385 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline. 10386 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be 10387 * cleared only if a mode is shown. 10388 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message). 10389 */ 10390 int 10391 showmode(void) 10392 { 10393 int need_clear; 10394 int length = 0; 10395 int do_mode; 10396 int attr; 10397 int nwr_save; 10398 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10399 int sub_attr; 10400 #endif 10401 10402 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0) 10403 && ((State & INSERT) 10404 || restart_edit != NUL 10405 || VIsual_active)); 10406 if (do_mode || reg_recording != 0) 10407 { 10408 /* 10409 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. 10410 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because 10411 * it takes a bit of time. 10412 */ 10413 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0) 10414 { 10415 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */ 10416 return 0; 10417 } 10418 10419 nwr_save = need_wait_return; 10420 10421 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */ 10422 check_for_delay(FALSE); 10423 10424 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */ 10425 need_clear = clear_cmdline; 10426 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 10427 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 10428 10429 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */ 10430 msg_pos_mode(); 10431 cursor_off(); 10432 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */ 10433 if (do_mode) 10434 { 10435 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr); 10436 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) 10437 if ( 10438 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK 10439 preedit_get_status() 10440 # else 10441 im_get_status() 10442 # endif 10443 ) 10444 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */ 10445 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr); 10446 # else 10447 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr); 10448 # endif 10449 #endif 10450 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI) 10451 if (gui.in_use) 10452 { 10453 if (hangul_input_state_get()) 10454 { 10455 /* HANGUL */ 10456 if (enc_utf8) 10457 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \355\225\234\352\270\200", attr); 10458 else 10459 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); 10460 } 10461 } 10462 #endif 10463 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10464 /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */ 10465 if (edit_submode != NULL && !shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) 10466 { 10467 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow 10468 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */ 10469 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3; 10470 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 10471 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra); 10472 if (length > 0) 10473 { 10474 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 10475 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre); 10476 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0) 10477 { 10478 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 10479 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr); 10480 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr); 10481 } 10482 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 10483 { 10484 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */ 10485 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT) 10486 sub_attr = HL_ATTR(edit_submode_highl); 10487 else 10488 sub_attr = attr; 10489 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr); 10490 } 10491 } 10492 } 10493 else 10494 #endif 10495 { 10496 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10497 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr); 10498 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 10499 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr); 10500 else if (State & INSERT) 10501 { 10502 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10503 if (p_ri) 10504 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr); 10505 #endif 10506 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr); 10507 } 10508 else if (restart_edit == 'I' || restart_edit == 'A') 10509 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr); 10510 else if (restart_edit == 'R') 10511 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr); 10512 else if (restart_edit == 'V') 10513 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr); 10514 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10515 if (p_hkmap) 10516 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr); 10517 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 10518 if (p_fkmap) 10519 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr); 10520 # endif 10521 #endif 10522 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 10523 if (State & LANGMAP) 10524 { 10525 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 10526 if (curwin->w_p_arab) 10527 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr); 10528 else 10529 # endif 10530 if (get_keymap_str(curwin, (char_u *)" (%s)", 10531 NameBuff, MAXPATHL)) 10532 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(NameBuff, attr); 10533 } 10534 #endif 10535 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste) 10536 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr); 10537 10538 if (VIsual_active) 10539 { 10540 char *p; 10541 10542 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation 10543 * problems. */ 10544 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0) 10545 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2 10546 + (VIsual_mode == 'V')) 10547 { 10548 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break; 10549 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break; 10550 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break; 10551 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break; 10552 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break; 10553 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break; 10554 } 10555 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr); 10556 } 10557 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr); 10558 } 10559 10560 need_clear = TRUE; 10561 } 10562 if (reg_recording != 0 10563 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10564 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */ 10565 #endif 10566 ) 10567 { 10568 recording_mode(attr); 10569 need_clear = TRUE; 10570 } 10571 10572 mode_displayed = TRUE; 10573 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline) 10574 msg_clr_eos(); 10575 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */ 10576 length = msg_col; 10577 msg_col = 0; 10578 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */ 10579 } 10580 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0) 10581 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */ 10582 msg_clr_cmdline(); 10583 10584 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10585 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */ 10586 if (VIsual_active) 10587 clear_showcmd(); 10588 10589 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode 10590 * message and must be redrawn */ 10591 if (redrawing() && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 10592 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE, FALSE); 10593 #endif 10594 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; 10595 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 10596 10597 return length; 10598 } 10599 10600 /* 10601 * Position for a mode message. 10602 */ 10603 static void 10604 msg_pos_mode(void) 10605 { 10606 msg_col = 0; 10607 msg_row = Rows - 1; 10608 } 10609 10610 /* 10611 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end 10612 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!). 10613 * Caller should check "mode_displayed". 10614 */ 10615 void 10616 unshowmode(int force) 10617 { 10618 /* 10619 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. 10620 */ 10621 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)) 10622 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */ 10623 else 10624 clearmode(); 10625 } 10626 10627 /* 10628 * Clear the mode message. 10629 */ 10630 void 10631 clearmode(void) 10632 { 10633 int save_msg_row = msg_row; 10634 int save_msg_col = msg_col; 10635 10636 msg_pos_mode(); 10637 if (reg_recording != 0) 10638 recording_mode(HL_ATTR(HLF_CM)); 10639 msg_clr_eos(); 10640 10641 msg_col = save_msg_col; 10642 msg_row = save_msg_row; 10643 } 10644 10645 static void 10646 recording_mode(int attr) 10647 { 10648 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr); 10649 if (!shortmess(SHM_RECORDING)) 10650 { 10651 char_u s[4]; 10652 sprintf((char *)s, " @%c", reg_recording); 10653 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(s, attr); 10654 } 10655 } 10656 10657 /* 10658 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window. 10659 */ 10660 static void 10661 draw_tabline(void) 10662 { 10663 int tabcount = 0; 10664 tabpage_T *tp; 10665 int tabwidth; 10666 int col = 0; 10667 int scol = 0; 10668 int attr; 10669 win_T *wp; 10670 win_T *cwp; 10671 int wincount; 10672 int modified; 10673 int c; 10674 int len; 10675 int attr_sel = HL_ATTR(HLF_TPS); 10676 int attr_nosel = HL_ATTR(HLF_TP); 10677 int attr_fill = HL_ATTR(HLF_TPF); 10678 char_u *p; 10679 int room; 10680 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8 10681 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10682 && !gui.in_use 10683 #endif 10684 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 10685 && !p_tgc 10686 #endif 10687 ); 10688 10689 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 10690 return; 10691 redraw_tabline = FALSE; 10692 10693 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE 10694 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */ 10695 if (gui_use_tabline()) 10696 { 10697 gui_update_tabline(); 10698 return; 10699 } 10700 #endif 10701 10702 if (tabline_height() < 1) 10703 return; 10704 10705 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 10706 10707 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */ 10708 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol) 10709 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0; 10710 10711 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */ 10712 if (*p_tal != NUL) 10713 { 10714 int saved_did_emsg = did_emsg; 10715 10716 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the 10717 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */ 10718 did_emsg = FALSE; 10719 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE); 10720 if (did_emsg) 10721 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1, 10722 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); 10723 did_emsg |= saved_did_emsg; 10724 } 10725 else 10726 #endif 10727 { 10728 FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp) 10729 ++tabcount; 10730 10731 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount; 10732 if (tabwidth < 6) 10733 tabwidth = 6; 10734 10735 attr = attr_nosel; 10736 tabcount = 0; 10737 scol = 0; 10738 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4; 10739 tp = tp->tp_next) 10740 { 10741 scol = col; 10742 10743 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe) 10744 attr = attr_sel; 10745 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0) 10746 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr); 10747 10748 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe) 10749 attr = attr_nosel; 10750 10751 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10752 10753 if (tp == curtab) 10754 { 10755 cwp = curwin; 10756 wp = firstwin; 10757 } 10758 else 10759 { 10760 cwp = tp->tp_curwin; 10761 wp = tp->tp_firstwin; 10762 } 10763 10764 modified = FALSE; 10765 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount) 10766 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) 10767 modified = TRUE; 10768 if (modified || wincount > 1) 10769 { 10770 if (wincount > 1) 10771 { 10772 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount); 10773 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff); 10774 if (col + len >= Columns - 3) 10775 break; 10776 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col, 10777 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) 10778 hl_combine_attr(attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_T)) 10779 #else 10780 attr 10781 #endif 10782 ); 10783 col += len; 10784 } 10785 if (modified) 10786 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr); 10787 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10788 } 10789 10790 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1; 10791 if (room > 0) 10792 { 10793 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */ 10794 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer); 10795 shorten_dir(NameBuff); 10796 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff); 10797 p = NameBuff; 10798 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 10799 if (has_mbyte) 10800 while (len > room) 10801 { 10802 len -= ptr2cells(p); 10803 MB_PTR_ADV(p); 10804 } 10805 else 10806 #endif 10807 if (len > room) 10808 { 10809 p += len - room; 10810 len = room; 10811 } 10812 if (len > Columns - col - 1) 10813 len = Columns - col - 1; 10814 10815 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr); 10816 col += len; 10817 } 10818 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10819 10820 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that 10821 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */ 10822 ++tabcount; 10823 while (scol < col) 10824 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount; 10825 } 10826 10827 if (use_sep_chars) 10828 c = '_'; 10829 else 10830 c = ' '; 10831 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill); 10832 10833 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */ 10834 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) 10835 { 10836 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel); 10837 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999; 10838 } 10839 } 10840 10841 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be 10842 * set. */ 10843 redraw_tabline = FALSE; 10844 } 10845 10846 /* 10847 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[]. 10848 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters. 10849 */ 10850 void 10851 get_trans_bufname(buf_T *buf) 10852 { 10853 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL) 10854 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf), MAXPATHL - 1); 10855 else 10856 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE); 10857 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL); 10858 } 10859 10860 /* 10861 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr". 10862 */ 10863 static int 10864 fillchar_status(int *attr, win_T *wp) 10865 { 10866 int fill; 10867 10868 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 10869 if (bt_terminal(wp->w_buffer)) 10870 { 10871 if (wp == curwin) 10872 { 10873 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_ST); 10874 fill = fill_stl; 10875 } 10876 else 10877 { 10878 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_STNC); 10879 fill = fill_stlnc; 10880 } 10881 } 10882 else 10883 #endif 10884 if (wp == curwin) 10885 { 10886 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_S); 10887 fill = fill_stl; 10888 } 10889 else 10890 { 10891 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_SNC); 10892 fill = fill_stlnc; 10893 } 10894 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current 10895 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the 10896 * current window */ 10897 if (*attr != 0 && ((HL_ATTR(HLF_S) != HL_ATTR(HLF_SNC) 10898 || wp != curwin || ONE_WINDOW) 10899 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc))) 10900 return fill; 10901 if (wp == curwin) 10902 return '^'; 10903 return '='; 10904 } 10905 10906 /* 10907 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows. 10908 * Get its attributes in "*attr". 10909 */ 10910 static int 10911 fillchar_vsep(int *attr) 10912 { 10913 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_C); 10914 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ') 10915 return '|'; 10916 else 10917 return fill_vert; 10918 } 10919 10920 /* 10921 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done. 10922 */ 10923 int 10924 redrawing(void) 10925 { 10926 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 10927 if (disable_redraw_for_testing) 10928 return 0; 10929 else 10930 #endif 10931 return ((!RedrawingDisabled 10932 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 10933 || ignore_redraw_flag_for_testing 10934 #endif 10935 ) && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw)); 10936 } 10937 10938 /* 10939 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done. 10940 */ 10941 int 10942 messaging(void) 10943 { 10944 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)); 10945 } 10946 10947 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 10948 /* 10949 * Draw the window toolbar. 10950 */ 10951 static void 10952 redraw_win_toolbar(win_T *wp) 10953 { 10954 vimmenu_T *menu; 10955 int item_idx = 0; 10956 int item_count = 0; 10957 int col = 0; 10958 int next_col; 10959 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 10960 int fill_attr = syn_name2attr((char_u *)"ToolbarLine"); 10961 int button_attr = syn_name2attr((char_u *)"ToolbarButton"); 10962 10963 vim_free(wp->w_winbar_items); 10964 for (menu = wp->w_winbar->children; menu != NULL; menu = menu->next) 10965 ++item_count; 10966 wp->w_winbar_items = (winbar_item_T *)alloc_clear( 10967 (unsigned)sizeof(winbar_item_T) * (item_count + 1)); 10968 10969 /* TODO: use fewer spaces if there is not enough room */ 10970 for (menu = wp->w_winbar->children; 10971 menu != NULL && col < wp->w_width; menu = menu->next) 10972 { 10973 space_to_screenline(off + col, fill_attr); 10974 if (++col >= wp->w_width) 10975 break; 10976 if (col > 1) 10977 { 10978 space_to_screenline(off + col, fill_attr); 10979 if (++col >= wp->w_width) 10980 break; 10981 } 10982 10983 wp->w_winbar_items[item_idx].wb_startcol = col; 10984 space_to_screenline(off + col, button_attr); 10985 if (++col >= wp->w_width) 10986 break; 10987 10988 next_col = text_to_screenline(wp, menu->name, col); 10989 while (col < next_col) 10990 { 10991 ScreenAttrs[off + col] = button_attr; 10992 ++col; 10993 } 10994 wp->w_winbar_items[item_idx].wb_endcol = col; 10995 wp->w_winbar_items[item_idx].wb_menu = menu; 10996 ++item_idx; 10997 10998 if (col >= wp->w_width) 10999 break; 11000 space_to_screenline(off + col, button_attr); 11001 ++col; 11002 } 11003 while (col < wp->w_width) 11004 { 11005 space_to_screenline(off + col, fill_attr); 11006 ++col; 11007 } 11008 wp->w_winbar_items[item_idx].wb_menu = NULL; /* end marker */ 11009 11010 screen_line(wp->w_winrow, wp->w_wincol, (int)wp->w_width, 11011 (int)wp->w_width, FALSE); 11012 } 11013 #endif 11014 11015 /* 11016 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places 11017 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed. 11018 */ 11019 void 11020 showruler(int always) 11021 { 11022 if (!always && !redrawing()) 11023 return; 11024 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 11025 if (pum_visible()) 11026 { 11027 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ 11028 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 11029 return; 11030 } 11031 #endif 11032 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 11033 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height) 11034 { 11035 redraw_custom_statusline(curwin); 11036 } 11037 else 11038 #endif 11039 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 11040 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always, FALSE); 11041 #endif 11042 11043 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE 11044 if (need_maketitle 11045 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 11046 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON)) 11047 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE)) 11048 # endif 11049 ) 11050 maketitle(); 11051 #endif 11052 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ 11053 if (redraw_tabline) 11054 draw_tabline(); 11055 } 11056 11057 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 11058 static void 11059 win_redr_ruler(win_T *wp, int always, int ignore_pum) 11060 { 11061 #define RULER_BUF_LEN 70 11062 char_u buffer[RULER_BUF_LEN]; 11063 int row; 11064 int fillchar; 11065 int attr; 11066 int empty_line = FALSE; 11067 colnr_T virtcol; 11068 int i; 11069 size_t len; 11070 int o; 11071 int this_ru_col; 11072 int off = 0; 11073 int width = Columns; 11074 11075 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */ 11076 if (!p_ru) 11077 return; 11078 11079 /* 11080 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called 11081 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected. 11082 */ 11083 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 11084 return; 11085 11086 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 11087 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite 11088 * the (long) mode message. */ 11089 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 11090 if (edit_submode != NULL) 11091 return; 11092 // Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. 11093 // Except when the popup menu will be redrawn anyway. 11094 if (!ignore_pum && pum_visible()) 11095 return; 11096 #endif 11097 11098 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 11099 if (*p_ruf) 11100 { 11101 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; 11102 11103 called_emsg = FALSE; 11104 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE); 11105 if (called_emsg) 11106 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1, 11107 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); 11108 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; 11109 return; 11110 } 11111 #endif 11112 11113 /* 11114 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1"). 11115 */ 11116 if (!(State & INSERT) 11117 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL) 11118 empty_line = TRUE; 11119 11120 /* 11121 * Only draw the ruler when something changed. 11122 */ 11123 validate_virtcol_win(wp); 11124 if ( redraw_cmdline 11125 || always 11126 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum 11127 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col 11128 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol 11129 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 11130 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd 11131 #endif 11132 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline 11133 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count 11134 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 11135 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill 11136 #endif 11137 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty) 11138 { 11139 cursor_off(); 11140 if (wp->w_status_height) 11141 { 11142 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 11143 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp); 11144 off = wp->w_wincol; 11145 width = wp->w_width; 11146 } 11147 else 11148 { 11149 row = Rows - 1; 11150 fillchar = ' '; 11151 attr = 0; 11152 width = Columns; 11153 off = 0; 11154 } 11155 11156 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */ 11157 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 11158 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL) 11159 { 11160 wp->w_p_list = FALSE; 11161 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL); 11162 wp->w_p_list = TRUE; 11163 } 11164 11165 /* 11166 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer. 11167 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here. 11168 */ 11169 vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, RULER_BUF_LEN, "%ld,", 11170 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) 11171 ? 0L 11172 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum)); 11173 len = STRLEN(buffer); 11174 col_print(buffer + len, RULER_BUF_LEN - len, 11175 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1, 11176 (int)virtcol + 1); 11177 11178 /* 11179 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it. 11180 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the 11181 * screen up on some terminals). 11182 */ 11183 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer); 11184 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1, RULER_BUF_LEN - i - 1); 11185 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1); 11186 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */ 11187 ++o; 11188 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width); 11189 if (this_ru_col < 0) 11190 this_ru_col = 0; 11191 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other 11192 * half for the filename. */ 11193 if (this_ru_col < (width + 1) / 2) 11194 this_ru_col = (width + 1) / 2; 11195 if (this_ru_col + o < width) 11196 { 11197 /* need at least 3 chars left for get_rel_pos() + NUL */ 11198 while (this_ru_col + o < width && RULER_BUF_LEN > i + 4) 11199 { 11200 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 11201 if (has_mbyte) 11202 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i); 11203 else 11204 #endif 11205 buffer[i++] = fillchar; 11206 ++o; 11207 } 11208 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i, RULER_BUF_LEN - i); 11209 } 11210 /* Truncate at window boundary. */ 11211 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 11212 if (has_mbyte) 11213 { 11214 o = 0; 11215 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i)) 11216 { 11217 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i); 11218 if (this_ru_col + o > width) 11219 { 11220 buffer[i] = NUL; 11221 break; 11222 } 11223 } 11224 } 11225 else 11226 #endif 11227 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > width) 11228 buffer[width - this_ru_col] = NUL; 11229 11230 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + off, attr); 11231 i = redraw_cmdline; 11232 screen_fill(row, row + 1, 11233 this_ru_col + off + (int)STRLEN(buffer), 11234 (int)(off + width), 11235 fillchar, fillchar, attr); 11236 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */ 11237 redraw_cmdline = i; 11238 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor; 11239 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 11240 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line; 11241 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline; 11242 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 11243 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 11244 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 11245 #endif 11246 } 11247 } 11248 #endif 11249 11250 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO) 11251 /* 11252 * Return the width of the 'number' and 'relativenumber' column. 11253 * Caller may need to check if 'number' or 'relativenumber' is set. 11254 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count. 11255 */ 11256 int 11257 number_width(win_T *wp) 11258 { 11259 int n; 11260 linenr_T lnum; 11261 11262 if (wp->w_p_rnu && !wp->w_p_nu) 11263 /* cursor line shows "0" */ 11264 lnum = wp->w_height; 11265 else 11266 /* cursor line shows absolute line number */ 11267 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 11268 11269 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count && wp->w_nuw_cached == wp->w_p_nuw) 11270 return wp->w_nrwidth_width; 11271 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum; 11272 11273 n = 0; 11274 do 11275 { 11276 lnum /= 10; 11277 ++n; 11278 } while (lnum > 0); 11279 11280 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */ 11281 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1) 11282 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1; 11283 11284 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n; 11285 wp->w_nuw_cached = wp->w_p_nuw; 11286 return n; 11287 } 11288 #endif 11289 11290 /* 11291 * Return the current cursor column. This is the actual position on the 11292 * screen. First column is 0. 11293 */ 11294 int 11295 screen_screencol(void) 11296 { 11297 return screen_cur_col; 11298 } 11299 11300 /* 11301 * Return the current cursor row. This is the actual position on the screen. 11302 * First row is 0. 11303 */ 11304 int 11305 screen_screenrow(void) 11306 { 11307 return screen_cur_row; 11308 } 11309